Document:

Exhibit 4(s)

 EXHIBIT 4(s) 
 FORM OF RIDER 
 (RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICESM 1.6) 

			
	

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	         A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE RIDER 
 This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an individual annuity or the group certificate if the
rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of
any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 
 Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	Policy Number:	  	[12345]
	Rider Date:	  	[07/01/2012]
	Growth Rate Percentage:	  	[5.00%]
		
	Rider Fee Percentages:	  	
	Designated Allocation Group A:	  	[1.55%]
	Designated Allocation Group B:	  	[1.10%]
	Designated Allocation Group C:	  	[0.70%]
		
	Annuitant:	  	[John Doe]
		
	Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:	  	[35 / Male]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 DEFINITIONS:

 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as those in your policy. 

Designated Investment Options 

Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 

Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross
partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 

The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a result of each partial withdrawal. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(1	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 

Rider Fee 
 The fees charged for the
benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 
 Rider Monthiversary 

The same day of the month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 

Rider Quarter 
 The last business day of
each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal
Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of
this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 

Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 
 The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to
the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(2	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s death.

 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday) of the annuitant at the time of the first withdrawal of
any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the annuitant’s [59th] birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at
that time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age at the time of the automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 

 

							
	 	 	 Attained Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 - 58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 - 64]	 	[4.0%]	 	
		 	[65 - 79]	 	[5.0%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[6.0%]	 	

 If the annuitant is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary
following the annuitant’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will
reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy
value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are
established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 
 ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 

The benefits under this rider depend on the annuitant being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the
annuitant. Proof of survival and the issue ages may be required by the Company. 
 If the annuitant’s age has been misstated, this
rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and
any fees charged for this rider would be returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider
withdrawal amount will be considered an excess withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that
overpayment will be deducted from one or more future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 

The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 

 

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant. The minimum required distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased,

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(3	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 
 If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On
the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is increased by subsequent premium payments (not
including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to
the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(4	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION 
 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the
spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the
annuitant dies, this rider will terminate. 
 In the case of non-spousal joint owners where an owner who is not the annuitant dies, the
surviving owner (who is also the sole designated beneficiary) may elect to receive lifetime income payments under this rider instead of receiving any benefits applicable to the policy. The lifetime income payments must begin no later than 1 year
after the owner’s death and will be equal to the rider withdrawal amount divided by the number of payments made per year. Once the payments begin, no additional premium payments will be accepted and no additional withdrawals will be paid.

 ANNUITIZATION 
 On the
maximum annuity commencement date, as described in your policy, you will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income
payments received over time will equal or exceed the policy value on the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the policy value on the maximum annuity
commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 
 RIDER UPGRADE 

You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider
anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth
rate percentage and rider fee percentages which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time upgrade, the rider
withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new withdrawal base. 
 The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all
information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form acceptable to the Company, to process the upgrade. 
 TERMINATION

 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 
  

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the date of the annuitant’s death; 

  

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	

	  	

	SECRETARY	  	PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(5	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(A-1)	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 

= 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 * (25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 

= $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at
end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 

= $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(A-2)	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

			
	 

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE WITH DEATH BENEFIT RIDER 

This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an
individual annuity or the group certificate if the rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict
with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 

Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	Policy Number:	  	[12345]
	Rider Date:	  	[07/01/2012]
	Growth Rate Percentage:	  	[5.00%]
		
	Rider Fee Percentages:	  	
	Designated Allocation Group A:	  	[1.95%]
	Designated Allocation Group B:	  	[1.50%]
	Designated Allocation Group C:	  	[1.10%]
		
	Annuitant:	  	[John Doe]
		
	Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:	  	[35 / Male]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 DEFINITIONS:

 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as those in your policy. 

Designated Investment Options 

Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 

Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross
partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 

The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a result of each partial withdrawal. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(1	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 

Rider Fee 
 The fees charged for the
benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 
 Rider Monthiversary 

The same day of the month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 

Rider Quarter 
 The last business day of
each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal
Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of
this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 

Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 
 The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to
the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(2	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s death.

 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday) of the annuitant at the time of the first withdrawal of
any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the annuitant’s 59th birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at that
time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age at the time of automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 

 

							
	 	 	 Attained Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 - 58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 - 64]	 	[4.0%]	 	
		 	[65 - 79]	 	[5.0%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[6.0%]	 	

 If the annuitant is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary
following the annuitant’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will
reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy
value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are
established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 
 ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 

The benefits under this rider depend on the annuitant being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the
annuitant. Proof of survival and the issue ages may be required by the Company. 
 If the annuitant’s age has been misstated, this
rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and
any fees charged for this rider would be returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider
withdrawal amount will be considered an excess withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that
overpayment will be deducted from one or more future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 

The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 

 

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant. The minimum required distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased,

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(3	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 
 If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On
the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is increased by subsequent premium payments (not
including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to
the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75]% from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(4	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT 
 Upon the annuitant’s death, we will pay an additional death
benefit amount equal to the excess, if any, of the rider death benefit over the greater of the base policy death benefit or the guaranteed minimum death benefit, if applicable, and this rider will then terminate. The rider death benefit on the rider
date is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements, if the rider is added in the first policy year). The rider death benefit after the rider date is equal to the rider death benefit on the rider date plus any premiums (not including
premium enhancements, if any) added after the rider date less any rider death benefit adjustments. 
 The rider death benefit does not reset due
to the automatic step-up. 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT ADJUSTMENTS 
 Cumulative gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, up to the rider withdrawal amount will reduce the rider death benefit by the same amount (dollar for dollar). Excess withdrawals will reduce
the rider death benefit by the greater of: 
  

	1)	the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	the result of (A divided by B), multiplied by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal; and 

 

	 	C)	is the rider death benefit after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal. 

ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION

 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is
the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the annuitant dies, this rider will terminate. No additional death
benefit will be paid under this rider at this time. 
 In the case of non-spousal joint owners where an owner who is not the annuitant dies, the
surviving owner (who is also the sole designated beneficiary) may elect to receive lifetime income payments under this rider instead of receiving any benefits applicable to the policy. The lifetime income payments must begin no later than 1 year
after the owner’s death and will be equal to the rider withdrawal amount divided by the number of payments made per year. Once the payments begin, no additional premium payments will be accepted and no additional withdrawals will be paid. If
these payments are elected but the annuitant dies before the rider death benefit equals zero, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a death benefit equal to the rider death benefit. 
 ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity commencement date, as described in your policy, you
will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received over time will equal or exceed the greater of the
policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the greater of the policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum
annuity commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 
 RIDER UPGRADE

 You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and
every [fifth] rider anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will
have its own growth rate percentage and rider fee percentage which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time of
upgrade, the rider death benefit will also be upgraded to the policy value and the rider withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new withdrawal base. 
 The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form acceptable to the Company, to process the upgrade. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(5	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV CONTINUED 
 TERMINATION 
 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 

 

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the date of the annuitant’s death; 

  

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	 

	  	 

	 SECRETARY
	  	 PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(6	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(A-1)	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 

= 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 * (25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 

= $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at
end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 

= $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(A-2)	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

			
	 

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE RIDER 
 This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an individual annuity or the group certificate if the
rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of
any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 
 Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	Policy Number:	  	[12345]
	Rider Date:	  	[07/01/2012]
	Growth Rate Percentage:	  	[5.00%]
		
	Rider Fee Percentages:	  	
	Designated Allocation Group A:	  	[1.95%]
	Designated Allocation Group B:	  	[1.40%]
	Designated Allocation Group C:	  	[1.00%]
		
	Annuitant:	  	[John Doe]
		
	Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:	  	[35 / Male]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 DEFINITIONS:

 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as those in your policy. 

Designated Investment Options 

Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 

Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross
partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 

The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a result of each partial withdrawal. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(1)	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 

Rider Fee 
 The fees charged for the
benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 
 Rider Monthiversary 

The same day of the month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 

Rider Quarter 
 The last business day of
each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal
Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of
this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 

Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 
 The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to
the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(2	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can
receive up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s
death. 
 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday) of the annuitant at the time of the first
withdrawal of any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the annuitant’s 59th birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and
redetermined at that time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age at the time of the automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 

 

							
	 	 	 Attained Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 - 58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 - 64]	 	[4.0%]	 	
		 	[65 - 79]	 	[5.0%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[6.0%]	 	

 If the annuitant is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary
following the annuitant’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will
reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy
value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are
established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 
 ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 

The benefits under this rider depend on the annuitant being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the
annuitant. Proof of survival and the issue ages may be required by the Company. 
 If the annuitant’s age has been misstated, this
rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and
any fees charged for this rider would be returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider
withdrawal amount will be considered an excess withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that
overpayment will be deducted from one or more future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 

The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 

 

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant. The minimum required distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased,

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(3	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 
 If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On
the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is increased by subsequent premium payments (not
including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to
the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(4	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION 
 THE INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION IS NOT LONG
TERM CARE INSURANCE 
 Definitions applicable to this option: 
 Elimination Period - [180] days within the last [365] days. 
 Hospital -
An institution which 1) is operated pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is located, 2) operates primarily for the care and treatment of sick and injured persons on an inpatient basis, 3) provides 24-hour nursing service by or
under the supervision of registered graduate professional nurses, 4) is supervised by a staff of one or more licensed physicians, and 5) has medical, surgical and diagnostic facilities or access to such facilities. 

Medical Necessity - Confinement prescribed by a physician based on the individual’s inability to sustain themselves outside of
a hospital or nursing facility due to physical or cognitive ailments. 
 Nursing Facility - A facility, or that part of a
facility, which: 1) is licensed to operate pursuant to the laws and regulations of the state in which it is located as a nursing facility or an Alzheimer’s disease facility; and 2) provides care prescribed by a physician and performed or
supervised by a registered graduate nurse, in addition to room and board accommodations, 24-hour nursing services, 7 days a week by an on-site Registered Nurse and related services on a continuing inpatient basis; and 3) has a planned program of
policies and procedures developed with the advice of, and periodically reviewed by, at least one Doctor; and 4) maintains a clinical record of each patient. 
 A nursing facility may be either a freestanding facility or a distinct part of a facility such as a ward, wing, unit, or swing bed of a hospital or other institution. If the facility complex to which an
insured person is confined consists of wards, wings, floors, units, or swing-beds, the area of the facility in which such insured person is confined must be licensed as a nursing facility and the insured person’s assigned bed must be included
as a part of such license. 
 The term “nursing facility” does not include, for example: 1) a hospital (except as
provided above); 2) a rehabilitation hospital, 
 3) a place which is primarily for treatment of mental or nervous disorders,
drug addiction, or alcoholism; 4) a home for the aged; 5) a rest home, community living center, or a place that provides domestic, resident, retirement or educational care; 6) assisted living facilities; 7) personal care homes; 8) residential care
facilities; 9) adult foster care facilities; 10) congregate care facilities; 11) family and group assisted living facilities; 12) personal care boarding homes; 13) domiciliary care homes; 14) basic care facilities; or 15) similar facilities.

 Physician - A Doctor of Medicine or Doctor of Osteopathy who is licensed as such and operating within the scope of the
license. 
 Waiting Period - [12] months from the rider date. 
 If the annuitant is confined, due to a medical necessity, in a hospital or nursing facility and has been so confined for the elimination period, benefits from this option are available provided that the
waiting period requirement has been satisfied. The elimination period and waiting period do not need to occur consecutively. The income enhancement option provides an increase to the withdrawal percentage (as described in the guaranteed lifetime
withdrawal benefit provision of this Article), until the annuitant is no longer confined as described above. The increase in the withdrawal percentage provided by this option will be as follows: 

 

			
	 Attained Age at

First Withdrawal
	  	Income Enhancement Option
Increase Percentage
	 [59 +]
	  	[50%]

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(5	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 As an example of the income enhancement option benefit, assume that the first withdrawal under the rider was taken at attained age 72 and the applicable withdrawal percentage is 5.0%. If the qualification
conditions for this option are met at any later date, then the withdrawal percentage will be increased by the income enhancement option increase percentage applicable for attained age 72. The applicable attained age is based on the first withdrawal
of any amount from the policy value under the rider itself, and is not based on any withdrawal under the income enhancement option, unless that withdrawal is also the first withdrawal of any policy value under the rider itself. 

If the income enhancement option increase percentage for attained age 72 is 100%, then the income enhancement option benefit provides an additional 5.0%
to the withdrawal percentage resulting in a total withdrawal percentage of 10.0% while the income enhancement option benefit continues to be available. 
 We will require confirmation of confinement while benefits are being received. Confirmation of confinement must be deemed satisfactory to us. Confirmation of confinement may be a statement from a
physician or a hospital or nursing facility administrator and any other information deemed necessary by us to confirm confinement. When confinement has ceased, the withdrawal percentage will be as indicated in the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal
benefit provision previously described in this Article. If confinement ceases and the rider remains active, you may re-qualify by satisfying the elimination period requirement and the benefits under this option will be available. 

ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION

 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is
the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the annuitant dies, this rider will terminate. 

In the case of non-spousal joint owners where an owner who is not the annuitant dies, the surviving owner (who is also the sole designated beneficiary)
may elect to receive lifetime income payments under this rider instead of receiving any benefits applicable to the policy. The lifetime income payments must begin no later than 1 year after the owner’s death and will be equal to the rider
withdrawal amount divided by the number of payments made per year. Once the payments begin, no additional premium payments will be accepted and no additional withdrawals will be paid. 
 ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity commencement date, as described in your policy, you
will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received over time will equal or exceed the policy value on
the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the policy value on the maximum annuity commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final
payment equal to the difference. 
 RIDER UPGRADE 
 You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age
restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth rate percentage and rider fee percentages which
may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time upgrade, the rider withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new
withdrawal base. 
 The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form
acceptable to the Company, to process the upgrade. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(6	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV CONTINUED 
 TERMINATION 
 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 

 

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the date of the annuitant’s death; 

  

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	 

	  	 

	 SECRETARY
	  	 PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(7	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(A-1)	  	 (Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	  49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 

= 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 * (25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 

= $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at
end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 

= $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(A-2)	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

			
	

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE WITH DEATH BENEFIT RIDER 

This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an
individual annuity or the group certificate if the rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict
with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 

Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	Policy Number:	  	[12345]
	Rider Date:	  	[07/01/2012]
	Growth Rate Percentage:	  	[5.00%]
		
	Rider Fee Percentages:	  	
	Designated Allocation Group A:	  	[2.25%]
	Designated Allocation Group B:	  	[1.80%]
	Designated Allocation Group C:	  	[1.40%]
		
	Annuitant:	  	[John Doe]
		
	Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:	  	[35 / Male]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 DEFINITIONS:

 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as those in your policy. 

Designated Investment Options 

Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 

Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross
partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 

The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a result of each partial withdrawal. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(1	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 

Rider Fee 
 The fees charged for the
benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 
 Rider Monthiversary 

The same day of the month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 

Rider Quarter 
 The last business day of
each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal
Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of
this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 

Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 
 The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to
the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(2	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s death.

 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday) of the annuitant at the time of the first withdrawal of
any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the annuitant’s 59th birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at that
time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age at the time of the automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 

 

							
	 	 	Attained Age	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 -58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 -64]	 	[4.0%]	 	
		 	[65 -79]	 	[5.0%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[6.0%]	 	

 If the annuitant is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary
following the annuitant’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will
reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy
value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are
established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 
 ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 

The benefits under this rider depend on the annuitant being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the
annuitant. Proof of survival and the issue ages may be required by the Company. 
 If the annuitant’s age has been misstated, this
rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and
any fees charged for this rider would be returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider
withdrawal amount will be considered an excess withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that
overpayment will be deducted from one or more future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 

The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 

 

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant. The minimum required distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased,

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(3	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 
 If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On
the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is increased by subsequent premium payments (not
including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to
the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(4	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT 
 Upon the annuitant’s death, we will pay an additional death
benefit amount equal to the excess, if any, of the rider death benefit over the greater of the base policy death benefit or the guaranteed minimum death benefit, if applicable, and this rider will then terminate. The rider death benefit on the rider
date is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements, if the rider is added in the first policy year). The rider death benefit after the rider date is equal to the rider death benefit on the rider date plus any premiums (not including
premium enhancements, if any) added after the rider date less any rider death benefit adjustments. 
 The rider death benefit does not reset due
to the automatic step-up. 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT ADJUSTMENTS 
 Cumulative gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, up to the rider withdrawal amount will reduce the rider death benefit by the same amount (dollar for dollar). Excess withdrawals will reduce
the rider death benefit by the greater of: 
  

	1)	the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	the result of (A divided by B), multiplied by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal; and 

 

	 	C)	is the rider death benefit after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal. 

INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION 

THE INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION IS NOT LONG TERM CARE INSURANCE 
 Definitions applicable to this option: 
 Elimination Period - [180] days
within the last [365] days. 
 Hospital - An institution which 1) is operated pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in
which it is located, 2) operates primarily for the care and treatment of sick and injured persons on an inpatient basis, 3) provides 24-hour nursing service by or under the supervision of registered graduate professional nurses, 4) is supervised by
a staff of one or more licensed physicians, and 5) has medical, surgical and diagnostic facilities or access to such facilities. 

Medical Necessity - Confinement prescribed by a physician based on the individual’s inability to sustain themselves outside of
a hospital or nursing facility due to physical or cognitive ailments. 
 Nursing Facility - A facility, or that part of a
facility, which: 1) is licensed to operate pursuant to the laws and regulations of the state in which it is located as a nursing facility or an Alzheimer’s disease facility; and 2) provides care prescribed by a physician and performed or
supervised by a registered graduate nurse, in addition to room and board accommodations, 24-hour nursing services, 7 days a week by an on-site Registered Nurse and related services on a continuing inpatient basis; and 3) has a planned program of
policies and procedures developed with the advice of, and periodically reviewed by, at least one Doctor; and 4) maintains a clinical record of each patient. 
 A nursing facility may be either a freestanding facility or a distinct part of a facility such as a ward, wing, unit, or swing bed of a hospital or other institution. If the facility complex to which an
insured person is confined consists of wards, wings, floors, units, or swing-beds, the area of the facility in which such insured person is confined must be licensed as a nursing facility and the insured person’s assigned bed must be included
as a part of such license. 
 The term “nursing facility” does not include, for example: 1) a hospital (except as
provided above); 2) a rehabilitation hospital, 
 3) a place which is primarily for treatment of mental or nervous disorders,
drug addiction, or alcoholism; 4) a home for the aged; 5) a rest home, community living center, or a place that provides domestic, resident, retirement or educational care; 6) assisted living facilities; 7) personal care homes; 8) residential care
facilities; 9) adult foster care facilities; 10) congregate care facilities; 11) family and group assisted living facilities; 12) personal care boarding homes; 13) domiciliary care homes; 14) basic care facilities; or 15) similar facilities.

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(5	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 Physician - A Doctor of Medicine or Doctor of Osteopathy who is licensed as such and operating within the scope of the license. 

Waiting Period - [12] months from the rider date. 
 If the annuitant is confined, due to a medical necessity, in a hospital or nursing facility and has been so confined for the elimination period, benefits from this option are available provided that the
waiting period requirement has been satisfied. The elimination period and waiting period do not need to occur consecutively. The income enhancement option provides an increase to the withdrawal percentage (as described in the guaranteed lifetime
withdrawal benefit provision of this Article), until the annuitant is no longer confined as described above. The increase in the withdrawal percentage provided by this option will be as follows: 

 

							
	 	 	 Attained Age at
First Withdrawal
	 	Income Enhancement Option
Increase Percentage	 	 
		 	[59 +]	 	[50%]	 	

 As an example of the income enhancement option benefit, assume that the first withdrawal under the rider was taken at
attained age 
 72 and the applicable withdrawal percentage is 5.0%. If the qualification conditions for this option are met at any later date,
then the withdrawal percentage will be increased by the income enhancement option increase percentage applicable for attained age 72. The applicable attained age is based on the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value under the rider
itself, and is not based on any withdrawal under the income enhancement option, unless that withdrawal is also the first withdrawal of any policy value under the rider itself. 
 If the income enhancement option increase percentage for attained age 72 is 100%, then the income enhancement option benefit provides an additional 5.0% to the withdrawal percentage resulting in a total
withdrawal percentage of 10.0% while the income enhancement option benefit continues to be available. 
 We will require confirmation of
confinement while benefits are being received. Confirmation of confinement must be deemed satisfactory to us. Confirmation of confinement may be a statement from a physician or a hospital or nursing facility administrator and any other information
deemed necessary by us to confirm confinement. When confinement has ceased, the withdrawal percentage will be as indicated in the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit provision previously described in this Article. If confinement ceases and the
rider remains active, you may re-qualify by satisfying the elimination period requirement and the benefits under this option will be available. 

ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION

 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is
the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the annuitant dies, this rider will terminate. No additional death
benefit will be paid under this rider at this time. 
 In the case of non-spousal joint owners where an owner who is not the annuitant dies, the
surviving owner (who is also the sole designated beneficiary) may elect to receive lifetime income payments under this rider instead of receiving any benefits applicable to the policy. The lifetime income payments must begin no later than 1 year
after the owner’s death and will be equal to the rider withdrawal amount divided by the number of payments made per year. Once the payments begin, no additional premium payments will be accepted and no additional withdrawals will be paid. If
these payments are elected but the annuitant dies before the rider death benefit equals zero, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a death benefit equal to the rider death benefit. 
 ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity commencement date, as described in your policy, you
will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received over time will equal or exceed the greater of the
policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the greater of the policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum
annuity commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(6	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV CONTINUED 
 RIDER UPGRADE 
 You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy
value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same
features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth rate percentage and rider fee percentage which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time of upgrade, the rider death benefit will also be upgraded to the policy value and the rider withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new withdrawal base. 

The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form acceptable to the Company, to
process the upgrade. 
 TERMINATION 
 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 
  

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the date of the annuitant’s death; 

  

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	

	  	

	SECRETARY	  	PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(7	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(A-1)	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 

= 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 * (25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 

= $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at
end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 

= $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(A-2)	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

			
	

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE RIDER 
 This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an individual annuity or the group certificate if the
rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of
any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 
 Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	 Policy Number:
	  	[12345]
	 Rider Date:
	  	[07/01/2012]
	 Growth Rate Percentage:
	  	[5.00%]
		
	 Rider Fee Percentages:
	  	
	 Designated Allocation Group A:
	  	[1.55%]
	 Designated Allocation Group B:
	  	[1.10%]
	 Designated Allocation Group C:
	  	[0.70%]
		
	 Annuitant:
	  	[John Doe]
		
	 Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Male]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse:
	  	[Jane Doe]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Female]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 The
annuitant’s spouse as of the rider date is hereafter referred to as the annuitant’s spouse. As it pertains to the benefits of this rider, the annuitant’s spouse cannot be changed. The annuitant’s spouse must be the sole primary
beneficiary and/or a joint owner. The only living owners allowed on the policy to which this rider is attached are the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse. 
 DEFINITIONS: 
 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as
those in your policy. 
 Designated Investment Options 
 Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 
 Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal
amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(1)	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 
 The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a
result of each partial withdrawal. 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 
 Rider Fee 

The fees charged for the benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 

Rider Monthiversary 
 The same day of the
month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Quarter

 The last business day of each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are
closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change
if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 
 Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 

The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and
liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(2	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s or the
annuitant’s spouse’s death, whichever is later. 
 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday)
of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is
established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at that time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the
automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 
  

							
	 	 	 Attained Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 -58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 -64]	 	[3.5%]	 	
		 	[65 -79]	 	[4.5%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[5.5%]	 	

 If the younger of the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal
percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits
and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider
withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 

ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 
 The benefits
under this rider depend on the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the annuitant and annuitant’s spouse. Proof of survival and the issue ages may
be required by the Company. 
 If the younger of the spouses’ ages has been misstated, this rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted
to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and any fees charged for this rider would be
returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider withdrawal amount will be considered an excess
withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that overpayment will be deducted from one or more
future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 
 The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(3	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse if the annuitant is deceased. The minimum required
distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased, 

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 

If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 

WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is
used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is
increased by subsequent premium payments (not including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider
anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(4	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION 
 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the
spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the
annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary, the rider continues until the death of the surviving spouse. 

ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity
commencement date, as described in your policy, you will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received
over time will equal or exceed the policy value on the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the policy value on the maximum annuity
commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 
 RIDER UPGRADE 

You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider
anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth
rate percentage and rider fee percentage which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time of upgrade the rider
withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new withdrawal base. 
 The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all
information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form acceptable to the Company, to process the upgrade. 
 TERMINATION

 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 
  

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the later of the annuitant’s or annuitant’s spouse’s death; 

 

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	

	  	

	SECRETARY	  	PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(5	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: Multiply (1) by (2) divided by
(3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(A-1)	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 

= 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 * (25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 

= $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at
end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 

= $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(A-2)	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

			
	

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE WITH DEATH BENEFIT RIDER 

This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an
individual annuity or the group certificate if the rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict
with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 

Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	 Policy Number:
	  	[12345]
	 Rider Date:
	  	[07/01/2012]
	 Growth Rate Percentage:
	  	[5.00%]
		
	 Rider Fee Percentages:
	  	
	 Designated Allocation Group A:
	  	[1.90%]
	 Designated Allocation Group B:
	  	[1.45%]
	 Designated Allocation Group C:
	  	[1.05%]
		
	 Annuitant:
	  	[John Doe]
		
	 Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Male]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse:
	  	[Jane Doe]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Female]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 The
annuitant’s spouse as of the rider date is hereafter referred to as the annuitant’s spouse. As it pertains to the benefits of this rider, the annuitant’s spouse cannot be changed. The annuitant’s spouse must be the sole primary
beneficiary and/or a joint owner. The only living owners allowed on the policy to which this rider is attached are the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse. 
 DEFINITIONS: 
 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as
those in your policy. 
 Designated Investment Options 
 Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 
 Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal
amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 
  

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(1	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 
 The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a
result of each partial withdrawal. 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 
 Rider Fee 

The fees charged for the benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 

Rider Monthiversary 
 The same day of the
month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Quarter

 The last business day of each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are
closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change
if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 
 Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 

The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and
liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

 

	Please	see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(2	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s or the
annuitant’s spouse’s death, whichever is later. 
 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday)
of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is
established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at that time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentages will be reset based on the attained age of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the
automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 
  

							
	 	 	 Attained Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 -58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 -64]	 	[3.5%]	 	
		 	[65 -79]	 	[4.5%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[5.5%]	 	

 If the younger of the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal
percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits
and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider
withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 

ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 
 The benefits
under this rider depend on the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the annuitant and annuitant’s spouse. Proof of survival and the issue ages may
be required by the Company. 
 If the younger of the spouses’ ages has been misstated, this rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted
to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and any fees charged for this rider would be
returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider withdrawal amount will be considered an excess
withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that overpayment will be deducted from one or more
future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 
 The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(3	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse if the annuitant is deceased. The minimum required
distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased, 

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 

If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 

WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is
used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is
increased by subsequent premium payments (not including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider
anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the 10th rider
anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(4	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT 
 Upon the later of the annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse’s
death, we will pay an additional death benefit amount equal to the excess, if any, of the rider death benefit over the greater of the base policy death benefit or the guaranteed minimum death benefit, if applicable, and this rider will then
terminate. The rider death benefit on the rider date is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements, if the rider is added in the first policy year). The rider death benefit after the rider date is equal to the rider death benefit on
the rider date plus any premiums (not including premium enhancements, if any) added after the rider date less any rider death benefit adjustments. 
 The rider death benefit does not reset due to the automatic step-up. 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT
ADJUSTMENTS 
 Cumulative gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, up to the rider withdrawal amount will reduce the rider death
benefit by the same amount (dollar for dollar). Excess withdrawals will reduce the rider death benefit by the greater of: 
  

	1)	the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	the result of (A divided by B), multiplied by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal; and 

 

	 	C)	is the rider death benefit after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal. 

ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION

 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is
the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary,
the rider continues until the death of the surviving spouse. No additional death benefit will be paid under this rider at this time. 

ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity
commencement date, as described in your policy, you will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received
over time will equal or exceed the greater of the policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or
exceeds the greater of the policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum annuity commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 

RIDER UPGRADE 
 You may elect, in
writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this
rider will terminate and a new rider with the same features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth rate percentage and rider fee percentage which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 

At the time of upgrade, the rider death benefit will also be upgraded to the policy value and the rider withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on
the new withdrawal base. 
 The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written
form acceptable to the Company, to process the upgrade. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(5	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV CONTINUED 
 TERMINATION 
 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 

 

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the later of the annuitant’s or annuitant’s spouse’s death; 

 

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	 

	  	 

	SECRETARY	  	PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(6	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(A-1)	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 

= 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 * (25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 

= $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at
end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 

= $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(A-2)	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

			
	

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE RIDER 
 This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an individual annuity or the group certificate if the
rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of
any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 
 Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	 Policy Number:
	  	[12345]
	 Rider Date:
	  	[07/01/2012]
	 Growth Rate Percentage:
	  	[5.00%]
		
	 Rider Fee Percentages:
	  	
	 Designated Allocation Group A:
	  	[2.05%]
	 Designated Allocation Group B:
	  	[1.60%]
	 Designated Allocation Group C:
	  	[1.20%]
		
	 Annuitant:
	  	[John Doe]
		
	 Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Male]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse:
	  	[Jane Doe]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Female]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 The
annuitant’s spouse as of the rider date is hereafter referred to as the annuitant’s spouse. As it pertains to the benefits of this rider, the annuitant’s spouse cannot be changed. The annuitant’s spouse must be the sole primary
beneficiary and/or a joint owner. The only living owners allowed on the policy to which this rider is attached are the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse. 
 DEFINITIONS: 
 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as
those in your policy. 
 Designated Investment Options 
 Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 
 Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal
amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(1)	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 
 The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a
result of each partial withdrawal. 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 
 Rider Fee 

The fees charged for the benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 

Rider Monthiversary 
 The same day of the
month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Quarter

 The last business day of each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are
closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change
if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 
 Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 

The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and
liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows:Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 

 

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(2	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s or the
annuitant’s spouse’s death, whichever is later. 
 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday)
of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is
established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at that time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the
automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 
  

							
	 	 	 Attained Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 -58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 -64]	 	[3.5%]	 	
		 	[65 - 79]	 	[4.5%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[5.5%]	 	

 If the younger of the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal
percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits
and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider
withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 

ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 
 The benefits
under this rider depend on the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the annuitant and annuitant’s spouse. Proof of survival and the issue ages may
be required by the Company. 
 If the younger of the spouses’ ages has been misstated, this rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted
to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and any fees charged for this rider would be
returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider withdrawal amount will be considered an excess
withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that overpayment will be deducted from one or more
future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 
 The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(3	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse if the annuitant is deceased. The minimum required
distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased, 

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 

If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 

WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is
used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is
increased by subsequent premium payments (not including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider
anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(4	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION 
 THE INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION IS NOT LONG
TERM CARE INSURANCE 
 Definitions applicable to this option: 
 Elimination Period - [180] days within the last [365] days. 
 Hospital -
An institution which 1) is operated pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is located, 2) operates primarily for the care and treatment of sick and injured persons on an inpatient basis, 3) provides 24-hour nursing service by or
under the supervision of registered graduate professional nurses, 4) is supervised by a staff of one or more licensed physicians, and 5) has medical, surgical and diagnostic facilities or access to such facilities. 

Medical Necessity - Confinement prescribed by a physician based on the individual’s inability to sustain themselves outside of
a hospital or nursing facility due to physical or cognitive ailments. 
 Nursing Facility - A facility, or that part of a
facility, which: 1) is licensed to operate pursuant to the laws and regulations of the state in which it is located as a nursing facility or an Alzheimer’s disease facility; and 2) provides care prescribed by a physician and performed or
supervised by a registered graduate nurse, in addition to room and board accommodations, 24-hour nursing services, 7 days a week by an on-site Registered Nurse and related services on a continuing inpatient basis; and 3) has a planned program of
policies and procedures developed with the advice of, and periodically reviewed by, at least one Doctor; and 4) maintains a clinical record of each patient. 
 A nursing facility may be either a freestanding facility or a distinct part of a facility such as a ward, wing, unit, or swing bed of a hospital or other institution. If the facility complex to which an
insured person is confined consists of wards, wings, floors, units, or swing-beds, the area of the facility in which such insured person is confined must be licensed as a nursing facility and the insured person’s assigned bed must be included
as a part of such license. 
 The term “nursing facility” does not include, for example: 1) a hospital (except as
provided above); 2) a rehabilitation hospital, 
 3) a place which is primarily for treatment of mental or nervous disorders,
drug addiction, or alcoholism; 4) a home for the aged; 5) a rest home, community living center, or a place that provides domestic, resident, retirement or educational care; 6) assisted living facilities; 7) personal care homes; 8) residential care
facilities; 9) adult foster care facilities; 10) congregate care facilities; 11) family and group assisted living facilities; 12) personal care boarding homes; 13) domiciliary care homes; 14) basic care facilities; or 15) similar facilities.

 Physician - A Doctor of Medicine or Doctor of Osteopathy who is licensed as such and operating within the scope of the
license. 
 Waiting Period - [12] months from the rider date. 
 If either the annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse is confined, due to a medical necessity, in a hospital or nursing facility and has been so confined for the elimination period, benefits from this
option are available provided that the waiting period requirement has been satisfied. The elimination period and waiting period do not need to occur consecutively. The income enhancement option provides an increase to the withdrawal percentage (as
described in the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit provision of this Article), until the qualifying person or persons are no longer confined as described above. The increase in the withdrawal percentage provided by this option will be as
follows: 
  

							
	 	 	 Attained Age at
First Withdrawal
	 	Income Enhancement Option
Increase Percentage	 	 
		 	[59+]	 	[50%]	 	

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(5	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 As an example of the income enhancement option benefit, assume that the first withdrawal under the rider was taken at attained age 
 72 and the applicable withdrawal percentage is 5.0%. If the qualification conditions for this option are met at any later date, then the withdrawal percentage will be increased by the income enhancement
option increase percentage applicable for attained age 72. The applicable attained age is based on the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value under the rider itself, and is not based on any withdrawal under the income enhancement
option, unless that withdrawal is also the first withdrawal of any policy value under the rider itself. 
 If the income enhancement option
increase percentage for attained age 72 is 100%, then the income enhancement option benefit provides an additional 5.0% to the withdrawal percentage resulting in a total withdrawal percentage of 10.0% while the income enhancement option benefit
continues to be available. 
 We will require confirmation of confinement while benefits are being received. Confirmation of confinement must be
deemed satisfactory to us. Confirmation of confinement may be a statement from a physician or a hospital or nursing facility administrator and any other information deemed necessary by us to confirm confinement. When confinement has ceased, the
withdrawal percentage will be as indicated in the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit provision previously described in this Article. If confinement ceases and the rider remains active, you may re-qualify by satisfying the elimination period
requirement and the benefits under this option will be available. 
 ARTICLE IV 

CONTINUATION 
 In the case of spousal
joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where
one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary, the rider continues until the death of the surviving spouse. 
 ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity commencement date, as described in your policy, you
will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received over time will equal or exceed the policy value on
the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the policy value on the maximum annuity commencement date, the annuitant’s
beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 
 RIDER UPGRADE 

You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider
anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth
rate percentage and rider fee percentage which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time of upgrade the rider
withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new withdrawal base. 
 The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all
information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form acceptable to the Company, to process the upgrade. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(6	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV CONTINUED 
 TERMINATION 
 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 

 

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the later of the annuitant’s or annuitant’s spouse’s death; 

 

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	 

	  	 

	SECRETARY	  	PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(7	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 
  

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(A-1)	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 -$5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. Fee adjustment as follows: 
 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 *
(25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 
 = $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee
adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 
 = $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(A-2)	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

			
	 

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE WITH DEATH BENEFIT RIDER 

This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an
individual annuity or the group certificate if the rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict
with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 

Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	 Policy Number:
	  	[12345]
	 Rider Date:
	  	[07/01/2012]
	 Growth Rate Percentage:
	  	[5.00%]
		
	 Rider Fee Percentages:
	  	
	 Designated Allocation Group A:
	  	[2.40%]
	 Designated Allocation Group B:
	  	[1.95%]
	 Designated Allocation Group C:
	  	[1.55%]
		
	 Annuitant:
	  	[John Doe]
		
	 Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Male]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse:
	  	[Jane Doe]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Female]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 The
annuitant’s spouse as of the rider date is hereafter referred to as the annuitant’s spouse. As it pertains to the benefits of this rider, the annuitant’s spouse cannot be changed. The annuitant’s spouse must be the sole primary
beneficiary and/or a joint owner. The only living owners allowed on the policy to which this rider is attached are the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse. 
 DEFINITIONS: 
 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as
those in your policy. 
 Designated Investment Options 
 Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 
 Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal
amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(1	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 
 The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a
result of each partial withdrawal. 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 
 Rider Fee 

The fees charged for the benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 

Rider Monthiversary 
 The same day of the
month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Quarter

 The last business day of each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are
closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change
if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 
 Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 

The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and
liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(2	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s or the
annuitant’s spouse’s death, whichever is later. 
 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday)
of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is
established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at that time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the
automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 
  

							
	 	 	 Attained
Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 - 58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 - 64]	 	[3.5%]	 	
		 	[65 - 79]	 	[4.5%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[5.5%]	 	

 If the younger of the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal
percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits
and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider
withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 

ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 
 The benefits
under this rider depend on the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the annuitant and annuitant’s spouse. Proof of survival and the issue ages may
be required by the Company. 
 If the younger of the spouses’ ages has been misstated, this rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted
to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and any fees charged for this rider would be
returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider withdrawal amount will be considered an excess
withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that overpayment will be deducted from one or more
future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 
 The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(3	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse if the annuitant is deceased. The minimum required
distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased, 

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 

If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 

WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is
used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is
increased by subsequent premium payments (not including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider
anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(4	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT 
 Upon the later of the annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse’s
death, we will pay an additional death benefit amount equal to the excess, if any, of the rider death benefit over the greater of the base policy death benefit or the guaranteed minimum death benefit, if applicable, and this rider will then
terminate. The rider death benefit on the rider date is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements, if the rider is added in the first policy year). The rider death benefit after the rider date is equal to the rider death benefit on
the rider date plus any premiums (not including premium enhancements, if any) added after the rider date less any rider death benefit adjustments. 
 The rider death benefit does not reset due to the automatic step-up. 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT
ADJUSTMENTS 
 Cumulative gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, up to the rider withdrawal amount will reduce the rider death
benefit by the same amount (dollar for dollar). Excess withdrawals will reduce the rider death benefit by the greater of: 
  

	1)	the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	the result of (A divided by B), multiplied by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal; and 

 

	 	C)	is the rider death benefit after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal. 

INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION 

THE INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION IS NOT LONG TERM CARE INSURANCE 
 Definitions applicable to this option: 
 Elimination Period - [180] days
within the last [365] days. 
 Hospital - An institution which 1) is operated pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in
which it is located, 2) operates primarily for the care and treatment of sick and injured persons on an inpatient basis, 3) provides 24-hour nursing service by or under the supervision of registered graduate professional nurses, 4) is supervised by
a staff of one or more licensed physicians, and 5) has medical, surgical and diagnostic facilities or access to such facilities. 

Medical Necessity - Confinement prescribed by a physician based on the individual’s inability to sustain themselves outside of
a hospital or nursing facility due to physical or cognitive ailments. 
 Nursing Facility - A facility, or that part of a
facility, which: 1) is licensed to operate pursuant to the laws and regulations of the state in which it is located as a nursing facility or an Alzheimer’s disease facility; and 2) provides care prescribed by a physician and performed or
supervised by a registered graduate nurse, in addition to room and board accommodations, 24-hour nursing services, 7 days a week by an on-site Registered Nurse and related services on a continuing inpatient basis; and 3) has a planned program of
policies and procedures developed with the advice of, and periodically reviewed by, at least one Doctor; and 4) maintains a clinical record of each patient. 
 A nursing facility may be either a freestanding facility or a distinct part of a facility such as a ward, wing, unit, or swing bed of a hospital or other institution. If the facility complex to which an
insured person is confined consists of wards, wings, floors, units, or swing-beds, the area of the facility in which such insured person is confined must be licensed as a nursing facility and the insured person’s assigned bed must be included
as a part of such license. 
 The term “nursing facility” does not include, for example: 1) a hospital (except as
provided above); 2) a rehabilitation hospital, 
 3) a place which is primarily for treatment of mental or nervous disorders,
drug addiction, or alcoholism; 4) a home for the aged; 5) a rest home, community living center, or a place that provides domestic, resident, retirement or educational care; 6) assisted living facilities; 7) personal care homes; 8) residential care
facilities; 9) adult foster care facilities; 10) congregate care facilities; 11) family and group assisted living facilities; 12) personal care boarding homes; 13) domiciliary care homes; 14) basic care facilities; or 15) similar facilities.

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(5	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 Physician - A Doctor of Medicine or Doctor of Osteopathy who is licensed as such and operating within the scope of the license. 

Waiting Period -[12] months from the rider date. 
 If either the annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse is confined, due to a medical necessity, in a hospital or nursing facility and has been so confined for the elimination period, benefits from this
option are available provided that the waiting period requirement has been satisfied. The elimination period and waiting period do not need to occur consecutively. The income enhancement option provides an increase to the withdrawal percentage (as
described in the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit provision of this Article), until the qualifying person or persons are no longer confined as described above. The increase in the withdrawal percentage provided by this option will be as
follows: 
  

							
	 	 	 Attained Age at

First Withdrawal
	 	Income Enhancement Option
Increase
Percentage	 	 
		 	[59 +]	 	[50%]	 	

 As an example of the income enhancement option benefit, assume that the first withdrawal under the rider was taken at
attained age 
 72 and the applicable withdrawal percentage is 5.0%. If the qualification conditions for this option are met at any later date,
then the withdrawal percentage will be increased by the income enhancement option increase percentage applicable for attained age 72. The applicable attained age is based on the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value under the rider
itself, and is not based on any withdrawal under the income enhancement option, unless that withdrawal is also the first withdrawal of any policy value under the rider itself. 
 If the income enhancement option increase percentage for attained age 72 is 100%, then the income enhancement option benefit provides an additional 5.0% to the withdrawal percentage resulting in a total
withdrawal percentage of 10.0% while the income enhancement option benefit continues to be available. 
 We will require confirmation of
confinement while benefits are being received. Confirmation of confinement must be deemed satisfactory to us. Confirmation of confinement may be a statement from a physician or a hospital or nursing facility administrator and any other information
deemed necessary by us to confirm confinement. When confinement has ceased, the withdrawal percentage will be as indicated in the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit provision previously described in this Article. If confinement ceases and the
rider remains active, you may re-qualify by satisfying the elimination period requirement and the benefits under this option will be available. 

ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION

 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving
spouse is the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole
beneficiary, the rider continues until the death of the surviving spouse. No additional death benefit will be paid under this rider at this time. 
 ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity commencement date, as described in your policy, you
will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received over time will equal or exceed the greater of the
policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the greater of the policy value or the rider
death benefit on the maximum annuity commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(6	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV CONTINUED 
 RIDER UPGRADE 
 You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy
value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same
features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth rate percentage and rider fee percentage which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time of upgrade, the rider death benefit will also be upgraded to the policy value and the rider withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new withdrawal base. 

The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form acceptable to the Company, to
process the upgrade. 
 TERMINATION 
 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 
  

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

	3)	the later of the annuitant’s or annuitant’s spouse’s death; 

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	 

	  	 

	SECRETARY	  	PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(7	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(A-1)	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. Fee adjustment as follows: 
 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 *
(25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 
 = $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee
adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 
 = $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(A-2)	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)Exhibit 4(p)

 EXHIBIT 4(p) 
 FORM OF RIDER 
 (RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICESM 1.6) 

			
	

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	         A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE RIDER 
 This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an individual annuity or the group certificate if the
rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of
any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 
 Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	Policy Number:	  	[12345]
	Rider Date:	  	[07/01/2012]
	Growth Rate Percentage:	  	[5.00%]
		
	Rider Fee Percentages:	  	
	Designated Allocation Group A:	  	[1.55%]
	Designated Allocation Group B:	  	[1.10%]
	Designated Allocation Group C:	  	[0.70%]
		
	Annuitant:	  	[John Doe]
		
	Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:	  	[35 / Male]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 DEFINITIONS:

 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as those in your policy. 

Designated Investment Options 

Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 

Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross
partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 

The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a result of each partial withdrawal. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(1	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 

Rider Fee 
 The fees charged for the
benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 
 Rider Monthiversary 

The same day of the month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 

Rider Quarter 
 The last business day of
each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal
Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of
this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 

Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 
 The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to
the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(2	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s death.

 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday) of the annuitant at the time of the first withdrawal of
any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the annuitant’s [59th] birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at
that time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age at the time of the automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 

 

							
	 	 	 Attained Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 - 58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 - 64]	 	[4.0%]	 	
		 	[65 - 79]	 	[5.0%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[6.0%]	 	

 If the annuitant is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary
following the annuitant’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will
reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy
value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are
established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 
 ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 

The benefits under this rider depend on the annuitant being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the
annuitant. Proof of survival and the issue ages may be required by the Company. 
 If the annuitant’s age has been misstated, this
rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and
any fees charged for this rider would be returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider
withdrawal amount will be considered an excess withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that
overpayment will be deducted from one or more future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 

The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 

 

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant. The minimum required distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased,

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(3	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 
 If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On
the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is increased by subsequent premium payments (not
including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to
the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(4	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION 
 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the
spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the
annuitant dies, this rider will terminate. 
 In the case of non-spousal joint owners where an owner who is not the annuitant dies, the
surviving owner (who is also the sole designated beneficiary) may elect to receive lifetime income payments under this rider instead of receiving any benefits applicable to the policy. The lifetime income payments must begin no later than 1 year
after the owner’s death and will be equal to the rider withdrawal amount divided by the number of payments made per year. Once the payments begin, no additional premium payments will be accepted and no additional withdrawals will be paid.

 ANNUITIZATION 
 On the
maximum annuity commencement date, as described in your policy, you will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income
payments received over time will equal or exceed the policy value on the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the policy value on the maximum annuity
commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 
 RIDER UPGRADE 

You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider
anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth
rate percentage and rider fee percentages which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time upgrade, the rider
withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new withdrawal base. 
 The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all
information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form acceptable to the Company, to process the upgrade. 
 TERMINATION

 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 
  

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the date of the annuitant’s death; 

  

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	

	  	

	SECRETARY	  	PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(5	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(A-1)	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 

= 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 * (25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 

= $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at
end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 

= $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(A-2)	  	(Income-Single) (09/2012)

			
	 

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE WITH DEATH BENEFIT RIDER 

This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an
individual annuity or the group certificate if the rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict
with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 

Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	Policy Number:	  	[12345]
	Rider Date:	  	[07/01/2012]
	Growth Rate Percentage:	  	[5.00%]
		
	Rider Fee Percentages:	  	
	Designated Allocation Group A:	  	[1.95%]
	Designated Allocation Group B:	  	[1.50%]
	Designated Allocation Group C:	  	[1.10%]
		
	Annuitant:	  	[John Doe]
		
	Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:	  	[35 / Male]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 DEFINITIONS:

 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as those in your policy. 

Designated Investment Options 

Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 

Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross
partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 

The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a result of each partial withdrawal. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(1	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 

Rider Fee 
 The fees charged for the
benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 
 Rider Monthiversary 

The same day of the month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 

Rider Quarter 
 The last business day of
each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal
Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of
this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 

Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 
 The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to
the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(2	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s death.

 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday) of the annuitant at the time of the first withdrawal of
any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the annuitant’s 59th birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at that
time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age at the time of automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 

 

							
	 	 	 Attained Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 - 58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 - 64]	 	[4.0%]	 	
		 	[65 - 79]	 	[5.0%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[6.0%]	 	

 If the annuitant is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary
following the annuitant’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will
reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy
value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are
established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 
 ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 

The benefits under this rider depend on the annuitant being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the
annuitant. Proof of survival and the issue ages may be required by the Company. 
 If the annuitant’s age has been misstated, this
rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and
any fees charged for this rider would be returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider
withdrawal amount will be considered an excess withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that
overpayment will be deducted from one or more future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 

The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 

 

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant. The minimum required distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased,

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(3	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 
 If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On
the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is increased by subsequent premium payments (not
including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to
the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75]% from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(4	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT 
 Upon the annuitant’s death, we will pay an additional death
benefit amount equal to the excess, if any, of the rider death benefit over the greater of the base policy death benefit or the guaranteed minimum death benefit, if applicable, and this rider will then terminate. The rider death benefit on the rider
date is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements, if the rider is added in the first policy year). The rider death benefit after the rider date is equal to the rider death benefit on the rider date plus any premiums (not including
premium enhancements, if any) added after the rider date less any rider death benefit adjustments. 
 The rider death benefit does not reset due
to the automatic step-up. 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT ADJUSTMENTS 
 Cumulative gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, up to the rider withdrawal amount will reduce the rider death benefit by the same amount (dollar for dollar). Excess withdrawals will reduce
the rider death benefit by the greater of: 
  

	1)	the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	the result of (A divided by B), multiplied by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal; and 

 

	 	C)	is the rider death benefit after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal. 

ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION

 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is
the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the annuitant dies, this rider will terminate. No additional death
benefit will be paid under this rider at this time. 
 In the case of non-spousal joint owners where an owner who is not the annuitant dies, the
surviving owner (who is also the sole designated beneficiary) may elect to receive lifetime income payments under this rider instead of receiving any benefits applicable to the policy. The lifetime income payments must begin no later than 1 year
after the owner’s death and will be equal to the rider withdrawal amount divided by the number of payments made per year. Once the payments begin, no additional premium payments will be accepted and no additional withdrawals will be paid. If
these payments are elected but the annuitant dies before the rider death benefit equals zero, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a death benefit equal to the rider death benefit. 
 ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity commencement date, as described in your policy, you
will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received over time will equal or exceed the greater of the
policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the greater of the policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum
annuity commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 
 RIDER UPGRADE

 You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and
every [fifth] rider anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will
have its own growth rate percentage and rider fee percentage which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time of
upgrade, the rider death benefit will also be upgraded to the policy value and the rider withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new withdrawal base. 
 The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form acceptable to the Company, to process the upgrade. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(5	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV CONTINUED 
 TERMINATION 
 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 

 

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the date of the annuitant’s death; 

  

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	 

	  	 

	 SECRETARY
	  	 PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(6	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(A-1)	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 

= 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 * (25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 

= $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at
end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 

= $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809 	  	(A-2)	  	(Income/Death-Single) (09/2012)

			
	 

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE RIDER 
 This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an individual annuity or the group certificate if the
rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of
any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 
 Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	Policy Number:	  	[12345]
	Rider Date:	  	[07/01/2012]
	Growth Rate Percentage:	  	[5.00%]
		
	Rider Fee Percentages:	  	
	Designated Allocation Group A:	  	[1.95%]
	Designated Allocation Group B:	  	[1.40%]
	Designated Allocation Group C:	  	[1.00%]
		
	Annuitant:	  	[John Doe]
		
	Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:	  	[35 / Male]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 DEFINITIONS:

 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as those in your policy. 

Designated Investment Options 

Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 

Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross
partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 

The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a result of each partial withdrawal. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(1)	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 

Rider Fee 
 The fees charged for the
benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 
 Rider Monthiversary 

The same day of the month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 

Rider Quarter 
 The last business day of
each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal
Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of
this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 

Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 
 The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to
the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(2	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can
receive up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s
death. 
 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday) of the annuitant at the time of the first
withdrawal of any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the annuitant’s 59th birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and
redetermined at that time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age at the time of the automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 

 

							
	 	 	 Attained Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 - 58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 - 64]	 	[4.0%]	 	
		 	[65 - 79]	 	[5.0%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[6.0%]	 	

 If the annuitant is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary
following the annuitant’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will
reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy
value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are
established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 
 ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 

The benefits under this rider depend on the annuitant being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the
annuitant. Proof of survival and the issue ages may be required by the Company. 
 If the annuitant’s age has been misstated, this
rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and
any fees charged for this rider would be returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider
withdrawal amount will be considered an excess withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that
overpayment will be deducted from one or more future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 

The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 

 

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant. The minimum required distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased,

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(3	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 
 If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On
the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is increased by subsequent premium payments (not
including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to
the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(4	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION 
 THE INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION IS NOT LONG
TERM CARE INSURANCE 
 Definitions applicable to this option: 
 Elimination Period - [180] days within the last [365] days. 
 Hospital -
An institution which 1) is operated pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is located, 2) operates primarily for the care and treatment of sick and injured persons on an inpatient basis, 3) provides 24-hour nursing service by or
under the supervision of registered graduate professional nurses, 4) is supervised by a staff of one or more licensed physicians, and 5) has medical, surgical and diagnostic facilities or access to such facilities. 

Medical Necessity - Confinement prescribed by a physician based on the individual’s inability to sustain themselves outside of
a hospital or nursing facility due to physical or cognitive ailments. 
 Nursing Facility - A facility, or that part of a
facility, which: 1) is licensed to operate pursuant to the laws and regulations of the state in which it is located as a nursing facility or an Alzheimer’s disease facility; and 2) provides care prescribed by a physician and performed or
supervised by a registered graduate nurse, in addition to room and board accommodations, 24-hour nursing services, 7 days a week by an on-site Registered Nurse and related services on a continuing inpatient basis; and 3) has a planned program of
policies and procedures developed with the advice of, and periodically reviewed by, at least one Doctor; and 4) maintains a clinical record of each patient. 
 A nursing facility may be either a freestanding facility or a distinct part of a facility such as a ward, wing, unit, or swing bed of a hospital or other institution. If the facility complex to which an
insured person is confined consists of wards, wings, floors, units, or swing-beds, the area of the facility in which such insured person is confined must be licensed as a nursing facility and the insured person’s assigned bed must be included
as a part of such license. 
 The term “nursing facility” does not include, for example: 1) a hospital (except as
provided above); 2) a rehabilitation hospital, 
 3) a place which is primarily for treatment of mental or nervous disorders,
drug addiction, or alcoholism; 4) a home for the aged; 5) a rest home, community living center, or a place that provides domestic, resident, retirement or educational care; 6) assisted living facilities; 7) personal care homes; 8) residential care
facilities; 9) adult foster care facilities; 10) congregate care facilities; 11) family and group assisted living facilities; 12) personal care boarding homes; 13) domiciliary care homes; 14) basic care facilities; or 15) similar facilities.

 Physician - A Doctor of Medicine or Doctor of Osteopathy who is licensed as such and operating within the scope of the
license. 
 Waiting Period - [12] months from the rider date. 
 If the annuitant is confined, due to a medical necessity, in a hospital or nursing facility and has been so confined for the elimination period, benefits from this option are available provided that the
waiting period requirement has been satisfied. The elimination period and waiting period do not need to occur consecutively. The income enhancement option provides an increase to the withdrawal percentage (as described in the guaranteed lifetime
withdrawal benefit provision of this Article), until the annuitant is no longer confined as described above. The increase in the withdrawal percentage provided by this option will be as follows: 

 

			
	 Attained Age at

First Withdrawal
	  	Income Enhancement Option
Increase Percentage
	 [59 +]
	  	[50%]

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(5	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 As an example of the income enhancement option benefit, assume that the first withdrawal under the rider was taken at attained age 72 and the applicable withdrawal percentage is 5.0%. If the qualification
conditions for this option are met at any later date, then the withdrawal percentage will be increased by the income enhancement option increase percentage applicable for attained age 72. The applicable attained age is based on the first withdrawal
of any amount from the policy value under the rider itself, and is not based on any withdrawal under the income enhancement option, unless that withdrawal is also the first withdrawal of any policy value under the rider itself. 

If the income enhancement option increase percentage for attained age 72 is 100%, then the income enhancement option benefit provides an additional 5.0%
to the withdrawal percentage resulting in a total withdrawal percentage of 10.0% while the income enhancement option benefit continues to be available. 
 We will require confirmation of confinement while benefits are being received. Confirmation of confinement must be deemed satisfactory to us. Confirmation of confinement may be a statement from a
physician or a hospital or nursing facility administrator and any other information deemed necessary by us to confirm confinement. When confinement has ceased, the withdrawal percentage will be as indicated in the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal
benefit provision previously described in this Article. If confinement ceases and the rider remains active, you may re-qualify by satisfying the elimination period requirement and the benefits under this option will be available. 

ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION

 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is
the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the annuitant dies, this rider will terminate. 

In the case of non-spousal joint owners where an owner who is not the annuitant dies, the surviving owner (who is also the sole designated beneficiary)
may elect to receive lifetime income payments under this rider instead of receiving any benefits applicable to the policy. The lifetime income payments must begin no later than 1 year after the owner’s death and will be equal to the rider
withdrawal amount divided by the number of payments made per year. Once the payments begin, no additional premium payments will be accepted and no additional withdrawals will be paid. 
 ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity commencement date, as described in your policy, you
will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received over time will equal or exceed the policy value on
the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the policy value on the maximum annuity commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final
payment equal to the difference. 
 RIDER UPGRADE 
 You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age
restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth rate percentage and rider fee percentages which
may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time upgrade, the rider withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new
withdrawal base. 
 The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form
acceptable to the Company, to process the upgrade. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(6	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV CONTINUED 
 TERMINATION 
 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 

 

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the date of the annuitant’s death; 

  

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	 

	  	 

	 SECRETARY
	  	 PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(7	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(A-1)	  	 (Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	  49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 

= 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 * (25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 

= $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at
end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 

= $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(A-2)	  	(Income-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

			
	

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE WITH DEATH BENEFIT RIDER 

This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an
individual annuity or the group certificate if the rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict
with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 

Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	Policy Number:	  	[12345]
	Rider Date:	  	[07/01/2012]
	Growth Rate Percentage:	  	[5.00%]
		
	Rider Fee Percentages:	  	
	Designated Allocation Group A:	  	[2.25%]
	Designated Allocation Group B:	  	[1.80%]
	Designated Allocation Group C:	  	[1.40%]
		
	Annuitant:	  	[John Doe]
		
	Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:	  	[35 / Male]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 DEFINITIONS:

 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as those in your policy. 

Designated Investment Options 

Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 

Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross
partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 

The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a result of each partial withdrawal. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(1	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 

Rider Fee 
 The fees charged for the
benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 
 Rider Monthiversary 

The same day of the month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 

Rider Quarter 
 The last business day of
each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal
Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of
this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 

Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 
 The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to
the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(2	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s death.

 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday) of the annuitant at the time of the first withdrawal of
any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the annuitant’s 59th birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at that
time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age at the time of the automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 

 

							
	 	 	Attained Age	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 -58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 -64]	 	[4.0%]	 	
		 	[65 -79]	 	[5.0%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[6.0%]	 	

 If the annuitant is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary
following the annuitant’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will
reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy
value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are
established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 
 ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 

The benefits under this rider depend on the annuitant being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the
annuitant. Proof of survival and the issue ages may be required by the Company. 
 If the annuitant’s age has been misstated, this
rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and
any fees charged for this rider would be returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider
withdrawal amount will be considered an excess withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that
overpayment will be deducted from one or more future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 

The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 

 

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant. The minimum required distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased,

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(3	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 
 If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On
the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is increased by subsequent premium payments (not
including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to
the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(4	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT 
 Upon the annuitant’s death, we will pay an additional death
benefit amount equal to the excess, if any, of the rider death benefit over the greater of the base policy death benefit or the guaranteed minimum death benefit, if applicable, and this rider will then terminate. The rider death benefit on the rider
date is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements, if the rider is added in the first policy year). The rider death benefit after the rider date is equal to the rider death benefit on the rider date plus any premiums (not including
premium enhancements, if any) added after the rider date less any rider death benefit adjustments. 
 The rider death benefit does not reset due
to the automatic step-up. 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT ADJUSTMENTS 
 Cumulative gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, up to the rider withdrawal amount will reduce the rider death benefit by the same amount (dollar for dollar). Excess withdrawals will reduce
the rider death benefit by the greater of: 
  

	1)	the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	the result of (A divided by B), multiplied by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal; and 

 

	 	C)	is the rider death benefit after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal. 

INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION 

THE INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION IS NOT LONG TERM CARE INSURANCE 
 Definitions applicable to this option: 
 Elimination Period - [180] days
within the last [365] days. 
 Hospital - An institution which 1) is operated pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in
which it is located, 2) operates primarily for the care and treatment of sick and injured persons on an inpatient basis, 3) provides 24-hour nursing service by or under the supervision of registered graduate professional nurses, 4) is supervised by
a staff of one or more licensed physicians, and 5) has medical, surgical and diagnostic facilities or access to such facilities. 

Medical Necessity - Confinement prescribed by a physician based on the individual’s inability to sustain themselves outside of
a hospital or nursing facility due to physical or cognitive ailments. 
 Nursing Facility - A facility, or that part of a
facility, which: 1) is licensed to operate pursuant to the laws and regulations of the state in which it is located as a nursing facility or an Alzheimer’s disease facility; and 2) provides care prescribed by a physician and performed or
supervised by a registered graduate nurse, in addition to room and board accommodations, 24-hour nursing services, 7 days a week by an on-site Registered Nurse and related services on a continuing inpatient basis; and 3) has a planned program of
policies and procedures developed with the advice of, and periodically reviewed by, at least one Doctor; and 4) maintains a clinical record of each patient. 
 A nursing facility may be either a freestanding facility or a distinct part of a facility such as a ward, wing, unit, or swing bed of a hospital or other institution. If the facility complex to which an
insured person is confined consists of wards, wings, floors, units, or swing-beds, the area of the facility in which such insured person is confined must be licensed as a nursing facility and the insured person’s assigned bed must be included
as a part of such license. 
 The term “nursing facility” does not include, for example: 1) a hospital (except as
provided above); 2) a rehabilitation hospital, 
 3) a place which is primarily for treatment of mental or nervous disorders,
drug addiction, or alcoholism; 4) a home for the aged; 5) a rest home, community living center, or a place that provides domestic, resident, retirement or educational care; 6) assisted living facilities; 7) personal care homes; 8) residential care
facilities; 9) adult foster care facilities; 10) congregate care facilities; 11) family and group assisted living facilities; 12) personal care boarding homes; 13) domiciliary care homes; 14) basic care facilities; or 15) similar facilities.

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(5	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 Physician - A Doctor of Medicine or Doctor of Osteopathy who is licensed as such and operating within the scope of the license. 

Waiting Period - [12] months from the rider date. 
 If the annuitant is confined, due to a medical necessity, in a hospital or nursing facility and has been so confined for the elimination period, benefits from this option are available provided that the
waiting period requirement has been satisfied. The elimination period and waiting period do not need to occur consecutively. The income enhancement option provides an increase to the withdrawal percentage (as described in the guaranteed lifetime
withdrawal benefit provision of this Article), until the annuitant is no longer confined as described above. The increase in the withdrawal percentage provided by this option will be as follows: 

 

							
	 	 	 Attained Age at
First Withdrawal
	 	Income Enhancement Option
Increase Percentage	 	 
		 	[59 +]	 	[50%]	 	

 As an example of the income enhancement option benefit, assume that the first withdrawal under the rider was taken at
attained age 
 72 and the applicable withdrawal percentage is 5.0%. If the qualification conditions for this option are met at any later date,
then the withdrawal percentage will be increased by the income enhancement option increase percentage applicable for attained age 72. The applicable attained age is based on the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value under the rider
itself, and is not based on any withdrawal under the income enhancement option, unless that withdrawal is also the first withdrawal of any policy value under the rider itself. 
 If the income enhancement option increase percentage for attained age 72 is 100%, then the income enhancement option benefit provides an additional 5.0% to the withdrawal percentage resulting in a total
withdrawal percentage of 10.0% while the income enhancement option benefit continues to be available. 
 We will require confirmation of
confinement while benefits are being received. Confirmation of confinement must be deemed satisfactory to us. Confirmation of confinement may be a statement from a physician or a hospital or nursing facility administrator and any other information
deemed necessary by us to confirm confinement. When confinement has ceased, the withdrawal percentage will be as indicated in the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit provision previously described in this Article. If confinement ceases and the
rider remains active, you may re-qualify by satisfying the elimination period requirement and the benefits under this option will be available. 

ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION

 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is
the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the annuitant dies, this rider will terminate. No additional death
benefit will be paid under this rider at this time. 
 In the case of non-spousal joint owners where an owner who is not the annuitant dies, the
surviving owner (who is also the sole designated beneficiary) may elect to receive lifetime income payments under this rider instead of receiving any benefits applicable to the policy. The lifetime income payments must begin no later than 1 year
after the owner’s death and will be equal to the rider withdrawal amount divided by the number of payments made per year. Once the payments begin, no additional premium payments will be accepted and no additional withdrawals will be paid. If
these payments are elected but the annuitant dies before the rider death benefit equals zero, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a death benefit equal to the rider death benefit. 
 ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity commencement date, as described in your policy, you
will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received over time will equal or exceed the greater of the
policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the greater of the policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum
annuity commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(6	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV CONTINUED 
 RIDER UPGRADE 
 You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy
value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same
features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth rate percentage and rider fee percentage which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time of upgrade, the rider death benefit will also be upgraded to the policy value and the rider withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new withdrawal base. 

The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form acceptable to the Company, to
process the upgrade. 
 TERMINATION 
 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 
  

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the date of the annuitant’s death; 

  

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	

	  	

	SECRETARY	  	PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(7	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(A-1)	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 

= 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 * (25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 

= $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at
end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 

= $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(A-2)	  	(Income/Death-Single - Enh) (09/2012)

			
	

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE RIDER 
 This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an individual annuity or the group certificate if the
rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of
any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 
 Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	 Policy Number:
	  	[12345]
	 Rider Date:
	  	[07/01/2012]
	 Growth Rate Percentage:
	  	[5.00%]
		
	 Rider Fee Percentages:
	  	
	 Designated Allocation Group A:
	  	[1.55%]
	 Designated Allocation Group B:
	  	[1.10%]
	 Designated Allocation Group C:
	  	[0.70%]
		
	 Annuitant:
	  	[John Doe]
		
	 Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Male]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse:
	  	[Jane Doe]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Female]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 The
annuitant’s spouse as of the rider date is hereafter referred to as the annuitant’s spouse. As it pertains to the benefits of this rider, the annuitant’s spouse cannot be changed. The annuitant’s spouse must be the sole primary
beneficiary and/or a joint owner. The only living owners allowed on the policy to which this rider is attached are the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse. 
 DEFINITIONS: 
 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as
those in your policy. 
 Designated Investment Options 
 Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 
 Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal
amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(1)	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 
 The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a
result of each partial withdrawal. 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 
 Rider Fee 

The fees charged for the benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 

Rider Monthiversary 
 The same day of the
month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Quarter

 The last business day of each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are
closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change
if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 
 Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 

The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and
liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(2	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s or the
annuitant’s spouse’s death, whichever is later. 
 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday)
of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is
established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at that time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the
automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 
  

							
	 	 	 Attained Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 -58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 -64]	 	[3.5%]	 	
		 	[65 -79]	 	[4.5%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[5.5%]	 	

 If the younger of the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal
percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits
and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider
withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 

ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 
 The benefits
under this rider depend on the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the annuitant and annuitant’s spouse. Proof of survival and the issue ages may
be required by the Company. 
 If the younger of the spouses’ ages has been misstated, this rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted
to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and any fees charged for this rider would be
returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider withdrawal amount will be considered an excess
withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that overpayment will be deducted from one or more
future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 
 The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(3	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse if the annuitant is deceased. The minimum required
distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased, 

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 

If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 

WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is
used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is
increased by subsequent premium payments (not including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider
anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(4	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION 
 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the
spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the
annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary, the rider continues until the death of the surviving spouse. 

ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity
commencement date, as described in your policy, you will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received
over time will equal or exceed the policy value on the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the policy value on the maximum annuity
commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 
 RIDER UPGRADE 

You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider
anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth
rate percentage and rider fee percentage which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time of upgrade the rider
withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new withdrawal base. 
 The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all
information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form acceptable to the Company, to process the upgrade. 
 TERMINATION

 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 
  

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the later of the annuitant’s or annuitant’s spouse’s death; 

 

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	

	  	

	SECRETARY	  	PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(5	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: Multiply (1) by (2) divided by
(3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(A-1)	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 

= 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 * (25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 

= $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at
end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 

= $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(A-2)	  	(Income-Joint) (09/2012)

			
	

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE WITH DEATH BENEFIT RIDER 

This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an
individual annuity or the group certificate if the rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict
with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 

Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	 Policy Number:
	  	[12345]
	 Rider Date:
	  	[07/01/2012]
	 Growth Rate Percentage:
	  	[5.00%]
		
	 Rider Fee Percentages:
	  	
	 Designated Allocation Group A:
	  	[1.90%]
	 Designated Allocation Group B:
	  	[1.45%]
	 Designated Allocation Group C:
	  	[1.05%]
		
	 Annuitant:
	  	[John Doe]
		
	 Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Male]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse:
	  	[Jane Doe]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Female]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 The
annuitant’s spouse as of the rider date is hereafter referred to as the annuitant’s spouse. As it pertains to the benefits of this rider, the annuitant’s spouse cannot be changed. The annuitant’s spouse must be the sole primary
beneficiary and/or a joint owner. The only living owners allowed on the policy to which this rider is attached are the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse. 
 DEFINITIONS: 
 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as
those in your policy. 
 Designated Investment Options 
 Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 
 Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal
amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 
  

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(1	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 
 The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a
result of each partial withdrawal. 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 
 Rider Fee 

The fees charged for the benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 

Rider Monthiversary 
 The same day of the
month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Quarter

 The last business day of each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are
closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change
if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 
 Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 

The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and
liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

 

	Please	see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(2	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s or the
annuitant’s spouse’s death, whichever is later. 
 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday)
of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is
established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at that time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentages will be reset based on the attained age of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the
automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 
  

							
	 	 	 Attained Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 -58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 -64]	 	[3.5%]	 	
		 	[65 -79]	 	[4.5%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[5.5%]	 	

 If the younger of the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal
percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits
and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider
withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 

ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 
 The benefits
under this rider depend on the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the annuitant and annuitant’s spouse. Proof of survival and the issue ages may
be required by the Company. 
 If the younger of the spouses’ ages has been misstated, this rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted
to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and any fees charged for this rider would be
returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider withdrawal amount will be considered an excess
withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that overpayment will be deducted from one or more
future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 
 The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(3	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse if the annuitant is deceased. The minimum required
distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased, 

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 

If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 

WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is
used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is
increased by subsequent premium payments (not including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider
anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the 10th rider
anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(4	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT 
 Upon the later of the annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse’s
death, we will pay an additional death benefit amount equal to the excess, if any, of the rider death benefit over the greater of the base policy death benefit or the guaranteed minimum death benefit, if applicable, and this rider will then
terminate. The rider death benefit on the rider date is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements, if the rider is added in the first policy year). The rider death benefit after the rider date is equal to the rider death benefit on
the rider date plus any premiums (not including premium enhancements, if any) added after the rider date less any rider death benefit adjustments. 
 The rider death benefit does not reset due to the automatic step-up. 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT
ADJUSTMENTS 
 Cumulative gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, up to the rider withdrawal amount will reduce the rider death
benefit by the same amount (dollar for dollar). Excess withdrawals will reduce the rider death benefit by the greater of: 
  

	1)	the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	the result of (A divided by B), multiplied by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal; and 

 

	 	C)	is the rider death benefit after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal. 

ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION

 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is
the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary,
the rider continues until the death of the surviving spouse. No additional death benefit will be paid under this rider at this time. 

ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity
commencement date, as described in your policy, you will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received
over time will equal or exceed the greater of the policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or
exceeds the greater of the policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum annuity commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 

RIDER UPGRADE 
 You may elect, in
writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this
rider will terminate and a new rider with the same features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth rate percentage and rider fee percentage which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 

At the time of upgrade, the rider death benefit will also be upgraded to the policy value and the rider withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on
the new withdrawal base. 
 The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written
form acceptable to the Company, to process the upgrade. 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(5	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV CONTINUED 
 TERMINATION 
 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 

 

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the later of the annuitant’s or annuitant’s spouse’s death; 

 

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	 

	  	 

	SECRETARY	  	PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(6	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(A-1)	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 

= 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 * (25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 

= $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at
end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 

= $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 37 0809	  	(A-2)	  	(Income/Death-Joint) (09/2012)

			
	

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE RIDER 
 This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an individual annuity or the group certificate if the
rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of
any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 
 Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	 Policy Number:
	  	[12345]
	 Rider Date:
	  	[07/01/2012]
	 Growth Rate Percentage:
	  	[5.00%]
		
	 Rider Fee Percentages:
	  	
	 Designated Allocation Group A:
	  	[2.05%]
	 Designated Allocation Group B:
	  	[1.60%]
	 Designated Allocation Group C:
	  	[1.20%]
		
	 Annuitant:
	  	[John Doe]
		
	 Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Male]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse:
	  	[Jane Doe]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Female]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 The
annuitant’s spouse as of the rider date is hereafter referred to as the annuitant’s spouse. As it pertains to the benefits of this rider, the annuitant’s spouse cannot be changed. The annuitant’s spouse must be the sole primary
beneficiary and/or a joint owner. The only living owners allowed on the policy to which this rider is attached are the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse. 
 DEFINITIONS: 
 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as
those in your policy. 
 Designated Investment Options 
 Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 
 Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal
amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(1)	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 
 The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a
result of each partial withdrawal. 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 
 Rider Fee 

The fees charged for the benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 

Rider Monthiversary 
 The same day of the
month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Quarter

 The last business day of each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are
closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change
if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 
 Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 

The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and
liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows:Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 

 

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(2	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s or the
annuitant’s spouse’s death, whichever is later. 
 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday)
of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is
established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at that time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the
automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 
  

							
	 	 	 Attained Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 -58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 -64]	 	[3.5%]	 	
		 	[65 - 79]	 	[4.5%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[5.5%]	 	

 If the younger of the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal
percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits
and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider
withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 

ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 
 The benefits
under this rider depend on the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the annuitant and annuitant’s spouse. Proof of survival and the issue ages may
be required by the Company. 
 If the younger of the spouses’ ages has been misstated, this rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted
to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and any fees charged for this rider would be
returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider withdrawal amount will be considered an excess
withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that overpayment will be deducted from one or more
future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 
 The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(3	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse if the annuitant is deceased. The minimum required
distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased, 

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 

If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 

WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is
used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is
increased by subsequent premium payments (not including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider
anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(4	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION 
 THE INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION IS NOT LONG
TERM CARE INSURANCE 
 Definitions applicable to this option: 
 Elimination Period - [180] days within the last [365] days. 
 Hospital -
An institution which 1) is operated pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is located, 2) operates primarily for the care and treatment of sick and injured persons on an inpatient basis, 3) provides 24-hour nursing service by or
under the supervision of registered graduate professional nurses, 4) is supervised by a staff of one or more licensed physicians, and 5) has medical, surgical and diagnostic facilities or access to such facilities. 

Medical Necessity - Confinement prescribed by a physician based on the individual’s inability to sustain themselves outside of
a hospital or nursing facility due to physical or cognitive ailments. 
 Nursing Facility - A facility, or that part of a
facility, which: 1) is licensed to operate pursuant to the laws and regulations of the state in which it is located as a nursing facility or an Alzheimer’s disease facility; and 2) provides care prescribed by a physician and performed or
supervised by a registered graduate nurse, in addition to room and board accommodations, 24-hour nursing services, 7 days a week by an on-site Registered Nurse and related services on a continuing inpatient basis; and 3) has a planned program of
policies and procedures developed with the advice of, and periodically reviewed by, at least one Doctor; and 4) maintains a clinical record of each patient. 
 A nursing facility may be either a freestanding facility or a distinct part of a facility such as a ward, wing, unit, or swing bed of a hospital or other institution. If the facility complex to which an
insured person is confined consists of wards, wings, floors, units, or swing-beds, the area of the facility in which such insured person is confined must be licensed as a nursing facility and the insured person’s assigned bed must be included
as a part of such license. 
 The term “nursing facility” does not include, for example: 1) a hospital (except as
provided above); 2) a rehabilitation hospital, 
 3) a place which is primarily for treatment of mental or nervous disorders,
drug addiction, or alcoholism; 4) a home for the aged; 5) a rest home, community living center, or a place that provides domestic, resident, retirement or educational care; 6) assisted living facilities; 7) personal care homes; 8) residential care
facilities; 9) adult foster care facilities; 10) congregate care facilities; 11) family and group assisted living facilities; 12) personal care boarding homes; 13) domiciliary care homes; 14) basic care facilities; or 15) similar facilities.

 Physician - A Doctor of Medicine or Doctor of Osteopathy who is licensed as such and operating within the scope of the
license. 
 Waiting Period - [12] months from the rider date. 
 If either the annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse is confined, due to a medical necessity, in a hospital or nursing facility and has been so confined for the elimination period, benefits from this
option are available provided that the waiting period requirement has been satisfied. The elimination period and waiting period do not need to occur consecutively. The income enhancement option provides an increase to the withdrawal percentage (as
described in the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit provision of this Article), until the qualifying person or persons are no longer confined as described above. The increase in the withdrawal percentage provided by this option will be as
follows: 
  

							
	 	 	 Attained Age at
First Withdrawal
	 	Income Enhancement Option
Increase Percentage	 	 
		 	[59+]	 	[50%]	 	

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(5	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 As an example of the income enhancement option benefit, assume that the first withdrawal under the rider was taken at attained age 
 72 and the applicable withdrawal percentage is 5.0%. If the qualification conditions for this option are met at any later date, then the withdrawal percentage will be increased by the income enhancement
option increase percentage applicable for attained age 72. The applicable attained age is based on the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value under the rider itself, and is not based on any withdrawal under the income enhancement
option, unless that withdrawal is also the first withdrawal of any policy value under the rider itself. 
 If the income enhancement option
increase percentage for attained age 72 is 100%, then the income enhancement option benefit provides an additional 5.0% to the withdrawal percentage resulting in a total withdrawal percentage of 10.0% while the income enhancement option benefit
continues to be available. 
 We will require confirmation of confinement while benefits are being received. Confirmation of confinement must be
deemed satisfactory to us. Confirmation of confinement may be a statement from a physician or a hospital or nursing facility administrator and any other information deemed necessary by us to confirm confinement. When confinement has ceased, the
withdrawal percentage will be as indicated in the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit provision previously described in this Article. If confinement ceases and the rider remains active, you may re-qualify by satisfying the elimination period
requirement and the benefits under this option will be available. 
 ARTICLE IV 

CONTINUATION 
 In the case of spousal
joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where
one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary, the rider continues until the death of the surviving spouse. 
 ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity commencement date, as described in your policy, you
will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received over time will equal or exceed the policy value on
the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the policy value on the maximum annuity commencement date, the annuitant’s
beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 
 RIDER UPGRADE 

You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider
anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth
rate percentage and rider fee percentage which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time of upgrade the rider
withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new withdrawal base. 
 The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all
information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form acceptable to the Company, to process the upgrade. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(6	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV CONTINUED 
 TERMINATION 
 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 

 

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

  

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

 

	3)	the later of the annuitant’s or annuitant’s spouse’s death; 

 

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

  

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

  

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	 

	  	 

	SECRETARY	  	PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(7	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 
  

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(A-1)	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 -$5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. Fee adjustment as follows: 
 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 *
(25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 
 = $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee
adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 
 = $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(A-2)	  	(Income-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

			
	 

	  	 Home Office:

[4333 Edgewood Road N.E.]
 [Cedar Rapids, Iowa
52499]
 [(319)355-8511]

	  
	  
	  
	 A Stock Company (Hereafter called the Company, we, our or us)
	  	

 RETIREMENT INCOME CHOICE WITH DEATH BENEFIT RIDER 

This rider is issued as a part of the policy (contract) to which it is attached. Policy refers to the individual policy if the rider is attached to an
individual annuity or the group certificate if the rider is attached to a group annuity. 
 All provisions of the policy that do not conflict
with this rider apply to this rider. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this rider and the provisions of the policy, the provisions of this rider shall prevail over the provisions of the policy. 

Rider Data Specification 
  

			
	 Policy Number:
	  	[12345]
	 Rider Date:
	  	[07/01/2012]
	 Growth Rate Percentage:
	  	[5.00%]
		
	 Rider Fee Percentages:
	  	
	 Designated Allocation Group A:
	  	[2.40%]
	 Designated Allocation Group B:
	  	[1.95%]
	 Designated Allocation Group C:
	  	[1.55%]
		
	 Annuitant:
	  	[John Doe]
		
	 Annuitant’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Male]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse:
	  	[Jane Doe]
	 Annuitant’s Spouse’s Issue Age/Sex:
	  	[35 / Female]

  
  

ARTICLE I 
 You may cancel this
rider on the close of business before midnight of the thirtieth calendar day after you received it and no rider fees will be assessed. 
 If
you elect this rider, 100% of your policy value must be in one or more of the designated investment options. 
 You can generally transfer
between the designated investment options as permitted under your policy; however, you cannot make transfers as provided for in the policy to a non-designated investment option while this rider is in force. If you wish to make a transfer to a
non-designated investment option, this rider must be terminated, as described in Article IV, prior to making the transfer. 
 The
annuitant’s spouse as of the rider date is hereafter referred to as the annuitant’s spouse. As it pertains to the benefits of this rider, the annuitant’s spouse cannot be changed. The annuitant’s spouse must be the sole primary
beneficiary and/or a joint owner. The only living owners allowed on the policy to which this rider is attached are the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse. 
 DEFINITIONS: 
 Terms used that are not defined in this rider shall have the same meaning as
those in your policy. 
 Designated Investment Options 
 Investment options authorized for use with this rider and identified by us as designated investment options. 
 Excess Withdrawal 
 The excess of a gross partial withdrawal over the rider withdrawal
amount remaining prior to the withdrawal, if any. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809 	  	(1	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE I CONTINUED 
 Gross Partial Withdrawal 
 The amount by which will be deducted from your policy value as a
result of each partial withdrawal. 
 Rider Anniversary 
 The anniversary of the rider date. 
 Rider Fee 

The fees charged for the benefits under this rider. The fees will be charged on a rider quarterly basis by the Company. 

Rider Monthiversary 
 The same day of the
month as the rider date, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are closed. 
 Rider Quarter

 The last business day of each rider quarter, or the next business day if our Administrative Office or the New York Stock Exchange are
closed. 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount 
 The maximum amount that can be withdrawn from the policy each rider year without causing an excess withdrawal under the terms of this rider and thus reducing the withdrawal base. This amount will change
if the withdrawal base changes. 
 Rider Year 
 Each twelve-month period following the rider date. 
 Valuation Period 

The period of time from one determination of the value of a subaccount to the next. Such determinations are made when the value of the assets and
liabilities of each subaccount is calculated. This is generally the close of business on each day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open. 

Withdrawal Base 
 The amount used to
calculate the rider withdrawal amount and the rider fee. This amount cannot be taken as a lump sum. 
 ARTICLE II 

RIDER FEES 
 The rider fee is deducted on
each rider quarter in arrears. The fee is calculated and stored at issue and at each subsequent rider quarter for the upcoming quarter. The rider fee percentage will not change during the first five rider years, and will only change thereafter due
to an automatic step-up. You will be notified of any increase in the rider fee percentage. A portion of this fee will also be deducted when the rider is terminated based on the number of days that have elapsed since the previous rider quarter.

 The stored fee will be adjusted for new deposits, transfers among designated investment options and excess withdrawals made during the rider
quarter. 
 Fees will be calculated and stored on the day the rider is issued and at the beginning of each rider quarter. They will be deducted
automatically from each investment option on a pro rata basis at the end of each rider quarter. The annual fee percentages for each designated allocation group are shown on page 1, in the Rider Data Specification section. 

The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4). 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base; 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value; 

 

	3)	Total policy value; 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year. 

Please see the Appendix attached to this rider which illustrates how the rider fee is calculated. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(2	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III 
 GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT 
 Under this rider, we guarantee that you can receive
up to the rider withdrawal amount each rider year, regardless of the policy value, (either through withdrawals or payments, where payments are equal to the rider withdrawal amount if your policy value equals zero) until the annuitant’s or the
annuitant’s spouse’s death, whichever is later. 
 The withdrawal percentage is determined by the attained age (age at last birthday)
of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value taken on or after the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Once the withdrawal percentage is
established, it may only be changed by an upgrade or automatic step-up and redetermined at that time. Upon automatic step-up, the withdrawal percentage will be reset based on the attained age of the younger of the living spouses at the time of the
automatic step-up. The withdrawal percentages are shown in the table below. 
  

							
	 	 	 Attained
Age
	 	Withdrawal
Percentage	 	 
		 	[0 - 58]	 	[0.0%]	 	
		 	[59 - 64]	 	[3.5%]	 	
		 	[65 - 79]	 	[4.5%]	 	
		 	[80 +]	 	[5.5%]	 	

 If the younger of the annuitant and the annuitant’s spouse is not yet [59] on the rider date, the withdrawal
percentage will be zero until the rider anniversary following the younger of the living spouse’s [59th] birthday. Withdrawals prior to age 59 1/2 will be subject to the 10% penalty tax. 
 Withdrawals will reduce the policy value of the policy to which this rider is attached. If the policy value equals zero, you cannot make subsequent premium payments and all other policy features, benefits
and guarantees are no longer available. Also, if the policy value equals zero, you will need to request payments by selecting the amount and frequency in accordance with the policy provisions to which this rider attaches, equal to the rider
withdrawal amount. Once the payment amount and frequency are established, they cannot be changed and no additional withdrawals will be allowed. 

ISSUE AGE AND SURVIVAL 
 The benefits
under this rider depend on the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse being alive at the time of withdrawal and the amount of the benefit depends on the issue age of the annuitant and annuitant’s spouse. Proof of survival and the issue ages may
be required by the Company. 
 If the younger of the spouses’ ages has been misstated, this rider’s fees and benefits will be adjusted
to the amounts which would have been calculated for the correct age. However, if this rider would not have been issued had the age not been misstated, the rider is treated as if it never existed, and any fees charged for this rider would be
returned. If withdrawals under the provisions of the rider have already commenced and the misstatement caused the rider withdrawal amount to be overstated, any withdrawal in excess of the correct rider withdrawal amount will be considered an excess
withdrawal and will impact the withdrawal base and rider withdrawal amount. If overpayments occurred when the sum of the accumulated values in all the investment options was zero, the amount of that overpayment will be deducted from one or more
future payments until this amount is paid in full. 
 RIDER WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT 
 The rider withdrawal amount will be equal to the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the withdrawal percentage multiplied by the withdrawal base; 

  

	2)	is an amount equal to the minimum required distribution amount, if any. Prior to the 1st rider anniversary, this amount is based on the initial policy value on the
rider date. After this time, the minimum required distribution is calculated based on the rules established by the IRS. The minimum required distribution may only be used if all of the following are true: 

 

	 	A)	the policy to which this rider is attached is a tax-qualified policy for which IRS minimum required distributions are required, 

 

	 	B)	the minimum required distributions do not start prior to the annuitant’s attained age 70 1/2, 

 

	 	C)	the minimum required distributions are based on either the Uniform Lifetime table or the Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table, 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(3	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 

 

	 	D)	the minimum required distributions are based on age of the living annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse if the annuitant is deceased. The minimum required
distributions can not be based on the age of someone who is deceased, 

  

	 	E)	the minimum required distributions are based only on the policy to which this rider is attached, and 

 

	 	F)	the minimum required distributions are only for the current rider year. Amounts carried over from past rider years are not considered. 

If any of the above are not true, then 2) is equal to zero and it is not available as a rider withdrawal amount. 

If you withdraw less than the rider withdrawal amount in a rider year, the unused portion cannot be carried over to the next rider year. 

WITHDRAWAL BASE 
 The withdrawal base is
used to calculate the rider withdrawal amount. On the rider date, the initial withdrawal base is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements if the rider is added in the first policy year). During any rider year, the withdrawal base is
increased by subsequent premium payments (not including premium enhancements, if any), and is reduced for excess withdrawals. 
 On each rider
anniversary, the withdrawal base will be set to the greatest of: 
  

	 	1)	The current withdrawal base; 

  

	 	2)	The policy value on the rider anniversary; 

  

	 	3)	The highest policy value on a rider [monthiversary] for the current rider year; or 

 

	 	4)	The current withdrawal base immediately prior to rider anniversary processing increased by the growth rate percentage. 

Item 3) above will be zero if there have been any excess withdrawals in the current rider year. Item 4) above will be zero after the [10th]
rider anniversary or if there have been any withdrawals in the current rider year. 
 AUTOMATIC STEP-UP FEATURE 

The rider receives an automatic step-up on the rider anniversary if the withdrawal base is set equal to the policy value or the highest policy value on a
rider [monthiversary.] This feature does not require the termination of the existing rider. This rider will continue with the same rider date and features. The rider fee and withdrawal percentages may be changed due to an automatic step-up, but
there will be no increase in the rider fee percentage during the first [five] rider years. Following the [fifth] rider anniversary, the rider fee percentage may be increased due to an automatic step-up, but will not increase more than [0.75%] from
the initial rider fee percentages shown on page 1. 
 You have the right to reject an automatic step-up within [30] days following a rider
anniversary, if the rider fee percentage increases. If you reject an automatic step-up, you must notify us in a manner which is acceptable to us, however you are eligible for future automatic step-ups. Changes as a result of the automatic step-up
feature will be reversed. Any increase in the rider fee or withdrawal percentages will also be reversed. 
 WITHDRAWAL BASE ADJUSTMENTS

 Gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, less than or equal to the rider withdrawal amount will not reduce the withdrawal base.
Excess withdrawals will reduce the withdrawal base by the withdrawal base adjustment. The withdrawal base adjustment is the greater of 1) and 2), where: 
  

	1)	is the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	is the result of (A multiplied by B), divided by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the withdrawal base prior to the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	 	C)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the withdrawal of the excess withdrawal amount. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(4	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT 
 Upon the later of the annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse’s
death, we will pay an additional death benefit amount equal to the excess, if any, of the rider death benefit over the greater of the base policy death benefit or the guaranteed minimum death benefit, if applicable, and this rider will then
terminate. The rider death benefit on the rider date is equal to the policy value (less any premium enhancements, if the rider is added in the first policy year). The rider death benefit after the rider date is equal to the rider death benefit on
the rider date plus any premiums (not including premium enhancements, if any) added after the rider date less any rider death benefit adjustments. 
 The rider death benefit does not reset due to the automatic step-up. 
 RIDER DEATH BENEFIT
ADJUSTMENTS 
 Cumulative gross partial withdrawals, taken in a rider year, up to the rider withdrawal amount will reduce the rider death
benefit by the same amount (dollar for dollar). Excess withdrawals will reduce the rider death benefit by the greater of: 
  

	1)	the excess withdrawal amount; and 

  

	2)	the result of (A divided by B), multiplied by C, where: 

  

	 	A)	is the excess withdrawal; 

  

	 	B)	is the policy value after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal; and 

 

	 	C)	is the rider death benefit after the rider withdrawal amount has been withdrawn, but prior to the excess withdrawal. 

INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION 

THE INCOME ENHANCEMENT OPTION IS NOT LONG TERM CARE INSURANCE 
 Definitions applicable to this option: 
 Elimination Period - [180] days
within the last [365] days. 
 Hospital - An institution which 1) is operated pursuant to the laws of the jurisdiction in
which it is located, 2) operates primarily for the care and treatment of sick and injured persons on an inpatient basis, 3) provides 24-hour nursing service by or under the supervision of registered graduate professional nurses, 4) is supervised by
a staff of one or more licensed physicians, and 5) has medical, surgical and diagnostic facilities or access to such facilities. 

Medical Necessity - Confinement prescribed by a physician based on the individual’s inability to sustain themselves outside of
a hospital or nursing facility due to physical or cognitive ailments. 
 Nursing Facility - A facility, or that part of a
facility, which: 1) is licensed to operate pursuant to the laws and regulations of the state in which it is located as a nursing facility or an Alzheimer’s disease facility; and 2) provides care prescribed by a physician and performed or
supervised by a registered graduate nurse, in addition to room and board accommodations, 24-hour nursing services, 7 days a week by an on-site Registered Nurse and related services on a continuing inpatient basis; and 3) has a planned program of
policies and procedures developed with the advice of, and periodically reviewed by, at least one Doctor; and 4) maintains a clinical record of each patient. 
 A nursing facility may be either a freestanding facility or a distinct part of a facility such as a ward, wing, unit, or swing bed of a hospital or other institution. If the facility complex to which an
insured person is confined consists of wards, wings, floors, units, or swing-beds, the area of the facility in which such insured person is confined must be licensed as a nursing facility and the insured person’s assigned bed must be included
as a part of such license. 
 The term “nursing facility” does not include, for example: 1) a hospital (except as
provided above); 2) a rehabilitation hospital, 
 3) a place which is primarily for treatment of mental or nervous disorders,
drug addiction, or alcoholism; 4) a home for the aged; 5) a rest home, community living center, or a place that provides domestic, resident, retirement or educational care; 6) assisted living facilities; 7) personal care homes; 8) residential care
facilities; 9) adult foster care facilities; 10) congregate care facilities; 11) family and group assisted living facilities; 12) personal care boarding homes; 13) domiciliary care homes; 14) basic care facilities; or 15) similar facilities.

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(5	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE III CONTINUED 
 Physician - A Doctor of Medicine or Doctor of Osteopathy who is licensed as such and operating within the scope of the license. 

Waiting Period -[12] months from the rider date. 
 If either the annuitant or the annuitant’s spouse is confined, due to a medical necessity, in a hospital or nursing facility and has been so confined for the elimination period, benefits from this
option are available provided that the waiting period requirement has been satisfied. The elimination period and waiting period do not need to occur consecutively. The income enhancement option provides an increase to the withdrawal percentage (as
described in the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit provision of this Article), until the qualifying person or persons are no longer confined as described above. The increase in the withdrawal percentage provided by this option will be as
follows: 
  

							
	 	 	 Attained Age at

First Withdrawal
	 	Income Enhancement Option
Increase
Percentage	 	 
		 	[59 +]	 	[50%]	 	

 As an example of the income enhancement option benefit, assume that the first withdrawal under the rider was taken at
attained age 
 72 and the applicable withdrawal percentage is 5.0%. If the qualification conditions for this option are met at any later date,
then the withdrawal percentage will be increased by the income enhancement option increase percentage applicable for attained age 72. The applicable attained age is based on the first withdrawal of any amount from the policy value under the rider
itself, and is not based on any withdrawal under the income enhancement option, unless that withdrawal is also the first withdrawal of any policy value under the rider itself. 
 If the income enhancement option increase percentage for attained age 72 is 100%, then the income enhancement option benefit provides an additional 5.0% to the withdrawal percentage resulting in a total
withdrawal percentage of 10.0% while the income enhancement option benefit continues to be available. 
 We will require confirmation of
confinement while benefits are being received. Confirmation of confinement must be deemed satisfactory to us. Confirmation of confinement may be a statement from a physician or a hospital or nursing facility administrator and any other information
deemed necessary by us to confirm confinement. When confinement has ceased, the withdrawal percentage will be as indicated in the guaranteed lifetime withdrawal benefit provision previously described in this Article. If confinement ceases and the
rider remains active, you may re-qualify by satisfying the elimination period requirement and the benefits under this option will be available. 

ARTICLE IV 
 CONTINUATION

 In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is not the annuitant dies and the surviving
spouse is the sole beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to continue the policy and rider. In the case of spousal joint owners where one spouse is the annuitant, if the spouse who is the annuitant dies and the surviving spouse is the sole
beneficiary, the rider continues until the death of the surviving spouse. No additional death benefit will be paid under this rider at this time. 
 ANNUITIZATION 
 On the maximum annuity commencement date, as described in your policy, you
will have the option to receive lifetime income payments that are no less than your rider withdrawal amount each year. This option will also guarantee that the sum of all income payments received over time will equal or exceed the greater of the
policy value or the rider death benefit on the maximum annuity commencement date. If the annuitant or annuitant’s spouse should die before the sum of all income payments received equals or exceeds the greater of the policy value or the rider
death benefit on the maximum annuity commencement date, the annuitant’s beneficiary will receive a final payment equal to the difference. 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(6	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 ARTICLE IV CONTINUED 
 RIDER UPGRADE 
 You may elect, in writing, to upgrade the withdrawal base to the policy
value within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth] rider anniversary thereafter, subject to the issue age restrictions on the new rider. If an upgrade is selected, this rider will terminate and a new rider with the same
features will be issued with a new rider date. The new rider will have its own growth rate percentage and rider fee percentage which may not be the same as this rider’s percentages. 
 At the time of upgrade, the rider death benefit will also be upgraded to the policy value and the rider withdrawal amount will be recalculated based on the new withdrawal base. 

The new rider date will be the date the Company receives all information necessary, at our Home Office, in a written form acceptable to the Company, to
process the upgrade. 
 TERMINATION 
 This rider will terminate upon the earliest of: 
  

	1)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached terminates; 

	2)	the date the policy to which this rider is attached is assigned or if the owner is changed without our approval; 

	3)	the later of the annuitant’s or annuitant’s spouse’s death; 

	4)	the date you elect to upgrade (as described in Article IV of this rider); 

	5)	the date you elect to receive annuity payments under your policy; and 

	6)	the date you notify us in writing of your intention to terminate this rider (this date must be within [30] days after the [fifth] rider anniversary and every [fifth]
rider anniversary thereafter). 

 Termination of the rider will result in the loss of all benefits provided by the rider.

 Signed for us at our home office. 
  

			
	 

	  	 

	SECRETARY	  	PRESIDENT

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(7	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 APPENDIX 
 The quarterly fee is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided
by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal Base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group value 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for additional premium payments and excess withdrawals is calculated as follows: 

Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 

 

	1)	Withdrawal base change (i.e. withdrawal base after the transaction minus the withdrawal base before the transaction) 

 

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total transaction amount 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The fee adjustment for fund transfers is calculated as follows: 
 Multiply (1) by (2) divided by (3) multiplied by (4) where: 
  

	1)	Withdrawal base 

  

	2)	Sum of each designated allocation group rider fee percentage multiplied by the applicable designated allocation group transaction amount 

 

	3)	Total policy value 

  

	4)	Number of days remaining in the rider quarter divided by the number of days within the applicable rider year 

The following two examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year is not a leap year. 

 

													
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Initial
Policy Value	 	  	Additional Premium
Used in Example 2	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	50,000	  	  	$	5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	30,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	20,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 1: Calculation at rider issue for first quarter fee assuming an initial withdrawal base of $100,000.

 = 100,000 * [(50,000*0.0250) + (30,000*0.0240) + (20,000*0.0230)] / 100,000 * (91/365) 

= 100,000 * (1,250 + 720 + 460) / 100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 100,000 * 2,430/100,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,430 * (91/365) 

= $605.84 
 Example 2:
Calculation for first quarter fee assuming initial withdrawal base from Example 1 above, plus adjustment for additional premium payment of $10,000 made with 20 days remaining in the first rider quarter (invested as shown above). The withdrawal
base change and total transaction amount equal $10,000. 
 Fee adjustment as follows: 

= 10,000 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (20/365) 

= 10,000 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 10,000 * 243/10,000 * (20/365) 
 = 243 * (20/365) 

= $13.32 
 Total fee assessed at
end of first rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 13.32 + 605.84 

= $619.16 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(A-1)	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

 The following three examples use assumed fees and values listed in the table below. The assumed rider year
is not a leap year. 
  

																	
	 Designated Allocation Group
	  	Fee	 	 	Policy Value	 	  	Partial Withdrawal
Used in Example 4	 	  	Fund Transfer
Used in Example 5	 
	 Group A
	  	 	2.50	% 	 	$	49,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  	  	$	-5,000	  
	 Group B
	  	 	2.40	% 	 	$	29,000	  	  	$	-3,000	  	  	$	3,000	  
	 Group C
	  	 	2.30	% 	 	$	19,000	  	  	$	-2,000	  	  	$	2,000	  

 Example 3: Calculation for second quarter fee at beginning of second rider quarter, assuming withdrawal base of
$110,000 and policy value of $97,000 invested as above. 
 = 110,000 * [(49,000*0.0250) + (29,000*0.0240) + (19,000*0.0230)]
/ 97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 110,000 * (1,225 + 696 + 437) / 97,000 * (91/365) 

= 110,000 * 2,358/97,000 * (91/365) 
 = 2,674.02 * (91/365) 
 = $666.67 

Example 4: Calculation for second quarter fee assuming beginning values as in Example 3 above, plus adjustment for partial withdrawal of $10,000
taken with 40 days remaining in the second rider quarter. Assumes withdrawal percentage of 5%, policy value of $97,000 prior to the transaction and change in withdrawal base as follows: 
 Rider Withdrawal Amount (RWA) = Withdrawal Base * Withdrawal Percentage = 110,000 * .05 = $5,500 

Excess Withdrawal = Difference between assumed withdrawal amount and RWA = 10,000 - 5,500 = $4,500 

Withdrawal Base Adjustment = Max (Excess Withdrawal, Excess Withdrawal * Withdrawal Base prior to withdrawal / Policy Value after RWA has been withdrawn
but before excess withdrawal) = Max [4,500, 4,500 * 110,000 / (97,000-5,500)] = Max (4,500, 5,409.84) = $5,409.84 
 Fee adjustment as follows:

 = -5,409.84 * [(5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 10,000 * (40/365) 

= -5,409.84 * (125 + 72 + 46) / 10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -5,409.84 * 243/10,000 * (40/365) 
 = -131.46 * (40/365) 

= $-14.41 
 Total fee assessed
at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee adjustments): 
 = 666.67 - 14.41 

= $652.26 
 The new Withdrawal
Base = $110,000 - $5,409.84 = $104,590.16 
 Example 5: Calculation for fund transfer occurring during second quarter with 25 days
remaining in the rider quarter, assuming beginning values as in Example 3 and withdrawal adjustment as in Example 4 above. 
 Withdrawal Base =
$104,590.16 and assumed policy value of $90,000. Fund transfer amount of $5,000 as allocated in table above. Fee adjustment as follows: 
 = 104,590.16 * [(-5,000*0.0250) + (3,000*0.0240) + (2,000*0.0230)] / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * (-125 + 72 + 46) / 90,000 * (25/365) 
 = 104,590.16 * -7/90,000 *
(25/365) 
 = -8.13 * (25/365) 
 = $-0.56 
 Total fee assessed at end of second rider quarter (assuming no further rider fee
adjustments): 
 = 652.26 - 0.56 
 = $651.70 

  

					
	RGMB 38 0809	  	(A-2)	  	(Income/Death-Joint - Enh) (09/2012)

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00215-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00215-of-00352.parquet"}]]